I— COURSE OP THE FRENCH LANGUAGE: INTRODUCTORY TO I FASQUELLE'S LARGER FRENCH COURSE. BY LOUIS FASQUELLE, LL.D., PROFESSOR OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE IN THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE NATIONAL INSTITUTE, AUTHOR OF " A NEW METHOD OF LEARNING THE FRENCH LANGUAGE," " THE COLLOQUIAL FRENCH READER,* 1 ''MANUAL OF FRENCH CONVERSATION," ETC., ETC., ETC. NEW . YORK : IVISON, PHINNEY, BLAKEMAN & CO. CHICAGO: S. C. GRIGGS & CO. 1869. -pC* o1 Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1858, by LOUIS FASQUELLE, In tke Clerk's Office 01 the District Court ot the United Sfa.es for rt*» District of .Michigan. By Exchange APR 18 my wu«S Na*y Jf iagton O. «• dial) BLECTROTTPED BT Thdmas B. Smith & Row, 82 &W Beekraau-street i PREFACE. Seven years have now elapsed since the publication of the " New French Method" or Larger Course ; it has already passed through more than fifty large editions in this country, and been several times republished in England.* The almost general approbation bestowed upon " Fasquelle's French Course," and the increasing popularity of his other text-books, induced the author, nearly two years ago, to commence the preparation of an easier work for children ; and, after a longer delay than he had anticipated, he has now the pleasure of presenting the Introductory Course to the numerous friends of his French Series. The book is intended to impart to the young student the easier principles of the French language, and to give him a good knowledge of the regular verbs, and of those irregular verbs which may bo classified ; in short, to form an Introduction to the " New Method" or Larger Course. The aim of the author, in the whole course of the work, has been to give simple precepts, such as children may easily understand, and to illustrate the same by copious examples, easy to be imitated. Repetition in the rules has not been avoided where such repetition would render the meaning more intelligible. The frequent repetitions in the vocabularies are also intentional ; and after the nouns, in these, the gender is indicated. This method has been preferred to that of placing the article before such nouns. * By the enterprising and popular publisher, Mr. Cassell, of Ludgate Hill, London. First in his " Popular Educator," and afterwards in book form, in two parts. Mr. Cassell has also republished Mr. Woodbury's excellent German text-books. IV PREFACE. Placing the proper article, possessive or demonstrative adjective be- fore the nouns, will furnish the pupil with an additional and very beneficial exercise. The explanation of the few grammatical terms used in the woriv has been left for the instructor. In the first ptrt of the work, the principal rules of pronunciation have been given in the plainest manner, and exercises on the rules placed after them. In this, the pupil should be thoroughly exer- cised before proceeding to the other lessons. The pupil, of course, should always be perfectly familiar with one lesson before taking another. Every exercise in translation from English into French should always be recited two or three times. After a new lesson has been said, the exercise of the preceding one should be reviewed, and if there be dme, that of the lesson preceding the last. Where the same is practicable, the exercises of the day should be committed to writing. The young pupil should be thoroughly exercised in putting the stem or first part of different verbs, to the terminations proper to them. One of die principal aims the author has had in view in the preparation of this Introductory Course, has been to give the pupil a good knowledge of the verbs, so rarely to be met with, yet without which no student can ever be conversant with any language. L. F. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, November 17th, 1858. CONTENTS. PAGE Preface, . . . ... . . . . . . 3 LESSON I.— The Alphabet.— Old Names of the Letters.— New Names of the Consonants, 9 LESSON II.— Pronunciation. — The Consonants. — The Simple Vowels, 10 LESSON III.— The Accents.— The Apostrophe.— The Diaeresis, 13 LESSON IV.— Diphthongs and Combined Vowels, ... 15 LESSON V.— The Nasal Sounds, . . . . . .18 LESSON VI.— The Liquid L.— The Soft Ti, .... 21 LESSON VII.— The Silent K— The Final Consonants, . . 23 LESSON VIIL— The Article.— Gender, 26 LESSON IX.— Gender continued.— Un, Une ; A or An, . . 28 LESSON X.— Place in the Sentence of the Name of Material of which an Object is Composed. — The Present Tense of the Verb Avoir, Conjugated Interrogatively, .... 31 LESSON XL— The Compound Article Du ; also, de V, de la, . 34 LESSON XII.— Place in the Sentence of the Object Possessed and of the Name of the Possessor. — Compound Article Au ; also, d V and a la, 37 LESSON XIII. — Place of the Noun in a Question. — Repetition of the Article, 40 LESSON XIV.— The Possessive Adjectives.— Mon, Ton, Son, &c, 43 LESSON XV. — The Possessive Pronouns. — Le mien, La mienne, &c, . . ... . „ • /Jl LESSON XVI.— The Demonstrative Adjectives.— Ce, Cette, &c, This, That, 50 VI CONTENTS. PAGE LESSON XVII.— Form of the Negative Sentence— Ne, Pas, Eien, 54 LESSON XVIII. — Quelqu'un, Some one, Somebody. — Personne, Nobody, 57 LESSON XIX. — Pas de, point de, No, not any. — Quel, quelle, Which, what, Gl LESSON XX. — Avoir faim, To be hungry. — Avoir soif, To be thirsty, &c, G4 LESSON XXL— Present of the Indicative of fitre, To ^.—Inter- rogative Form. — Negative Form. — Negative and Interroga- tive Form. — Order of Words in a Question beginning with Ou, Where, 68 LESSON XXII.— Feminine Form of Adjectives, ... 71 LESSON XXIII.— Irregular Adjectives, 75 LESSON XXIV.— Place of the Adjective, 78 LESSON XXV.— The Plural.— The Noun.— The Article, . . 81 LESSON XXVI.— The Plural, continued.— Irregular Plural, . 84 LESSON XXVII.— The Plural, continued.— Plural of Adjectives, 88 LESSON XXVIIL— The Plural, continued.— Irregular Plural of Adjectives, 91 LESSON XXIX.— The Plural, continued.— Possessive Adjec- tives and Pronouns, 95 LESSON XXX. — The Plural, continued. — Demonstrative Adjec- tives and Pronouns, 99 LESSON XXXI. — Conjugation of Verbs. — First Conjugation, ending in er. — Present of Indicative of Preter, Dun net; and Demander, 102 LESSON XXXII.— First Conjugation of Verbs, continued.— In- terrogative Form, 107 LESSON XXXIII.— Verbs of First Conjugation, continued.— Negative, and Negative and Interrogative Form, . . .111 LESSON XXXIV.— Irregular Verbs.— Alter, Couvrir, Cueillir, &c, ' H5 LESSON XXXV.— Verbs of Second Conjugation, ending in //*. Present of Indicative of Punir and Finir, . . . .119 CONTENTS VII PACK LESSON XXXVI. — Second Conjugation, continued. — Verbs end- ing in tir. — Sortir and Partir, 123 LESSON XXXVII. — Second Conjugation, continued. — Verbs ending in enir. — Venir and Tenir, . 127 LESSON XXXVIII.— Third Conjugation.— Verbs ending in oir. Devoir and Recewir, 131 LESSON XXXIX.— Verbs of Fourth Conjugation, ending in re. Entendre and Perdre, 136 LESSON XL. — Fourth Conjugation, continued. — Verbs ending in uire. — Conduire and Traduire, 140 LESSON XLI. — Fourth Conjugation, continued. — Verbs ending in aitre and oitre. — Connaitre and Or oitre, , . 144 LE3 3 ON XLII. — Fourth Conj ugation, continued. — Verbs ending in indre. — Peindre and Craindre, . . . . . 148 LESSON XLIIL— The Personal Pronouns. -Their Place, . . 152 LESSON XLIV. — Personal Pronouns, continued, . . . 156 LESSON XLV.—Pwespective Place of Pronouns, . . . .159 LESSON XLVI.— The Past Participle.— The Past Indefinite, . 164 LESSON XLVIL— The Present Participle.— The Imperfect of the Indicative, 168 LESSON XL VIII.— The Imperfect, continued.— Irregular Verbs, 173 LESSON XLIX.— The Pluperfect.— Place of Adverbs, • . 178 LESSON L.— The Past Definite.— Its Use, . . . . .182 LESSON LI.— The Past Definite, continued.— Second and Fourth Conjugations. — Finir and Vendre. — Conduire and Peindre. — Venir, 186 LESSON LIL— The Past Definite, continued.— Third Conjuga- tion.— Recevoir, 191 LESSON LIIL— The Past Anterior.— Aussi, As; Plus, More, &c, 195 LESSON LIV.— The Future.— First and Second Conjugations. — Donr)£r and Finir, 200 LESSON LV.— The Future, continued.— Third and Fourth Con- jugations. — Conduire, ConnaUre, Peindre, Avoir, Etre, . 204 LESSON LVL— The Future Anterior. — Autant de, As much; Plu3 de, More ; Moins dc, Less, 209 Ylll CONTENTS. PAGE LESSON LVIL— The Conditional.— First and Second Conjuga- tions. — Sentir^ Ouvrir, &c, 213 LESSON LVIII.— The Conditional, continued.— Third and Fourth Conjugations. — Conduire, Connaitre, Peindre, . . 218 LESSON LIX.— Conditional Past.— Relative Pronouns, . . 223 LESSON LX.— The Imperative.— The Four Conjugations.— Donner, Finir, Becevoir, and Vendre, 228 LESSON LXI. — The Imperative, continued. — Irregular Verbs. — Avoir, Etre, 223 LESSON LXIL— Place of Pronouns with the Imperative, . . 237 LESSON LXIIL— The Subjunctive.— First and Fourth Conjuga- tions. — Ouvrir, Cueillir, &c, 242 LESSON LXIV.— The Subjunctive, continued.— Second and Third Conjugation. —Connaitre; A voir, Etre, . . . 247 LESSON LXV.— The Past of the Subjunctive, .... 252 * LESSON LXVL— The Imperfect of the Subjunctive.— First Con- jugation, 257 LESSON LXVIL— Imperfect of the Subjunctive, continued.— Second and Fourth Conjugations, 201 LESSON LXVIIL— Imperfect of the Subjunctive, continued.— Third Conjugation, 266 LESSON LXIX.— The Pluperfect of the Subjunctive, . . 271 Appendix. I.— The Days of the Week, 276 II.— The Months of the Year, 276 ' III.— The Seasons, 276 IV.— The Numbers, 277 V.— The Auxiliary Verbs, 297 VI.— The Four Conjugations of Verbs, 2S7 VII.— Conjugation of a Passive Verb, 295 YIIL— Conjugation of a Reflective Verb, .... 293 FASQUELLE'S INTRODUCTORY FRENCH COURSE. LEgON I. LESSON I. THE ALPHABET. 1. The French language has twenty-five letters : A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, ah, bay, say, clay, eh, eff, jay,* ash, ee, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, jee,* kah, ell, emm, enn, o, pay, ku, err, S, T, IT, V, (W), X, Y, Z. ess, tay, u, vay, double vay, eeks, egrec, zed. 2. The alphabet is divided into six vowels : A, E, I, O, IT, Y, and nineteen consonants : B, C, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, M, N, P, Q, R, S, T, V, (W), X, Z. 3. The new names given to the French consonants are taken from their sounds in words. They may * J like s in pleasure. 10 fasquelle's introductory generally be found by pronouncing a word, in English, ending with the required consonant and a silent e. The new name of B, therefore, is pronounced like be in the word globe ; that of D like de in glade ; F like fe in chafe ; G like gue in league, &c. H is pronounced nearly like hu in the word hurry. 4. The new names of the French consonants are seldom used/ Exercise 1. Give the common or old names of the letters. — Rule 1. The vow T els. The consonants. The new names of the consonants. — Rule 3. LEQON II. LESSON II. PRONUNCIATION. THE CONSONANTS. THE SIMPLE VOWELS. 1. B, D, F, G before a and o, K, L,* M, X, F, T,f Z, at the beginning of words or syllables, are pro- nounced as in English. 2. C is hard as in English before a, o, ?^, and soft be- ° Not liquid. See Lesson VI, Rule 1 . f Not before ion, ial, iel. See Lessou VI, Rule 4. FRENCH COURSE. 11 fore e and i. With the cedilla (9) it is also soft before a, 0, u. 3. G before e and i is pronounced like s in pleasure. 4. H is silent or mute in most words. It is aspirate or pronounced slightly in others. See list in Fasquelle's New French Course, page 25. The words commen- cing with h aspirate will be in the vocabularies of this book marked with an asterisk (*). 5. J is always pronounced like s in pleasure, or z in azure. 6. R is pronounced more distinctly than in English. It has in French something of the trill or roll given to that letter by the Irish. 7. S at the beginning of a word, and when not be- tween two vowels, is pronounced as in the English word sun. Between two vowels it is pronounced like s in rose. 8. V is softer in French than in English. 9. X at the beginning of words is pronounced like gz. In the middle of words, generally like ks. 10. Ch is pronounced generally as sh in English. Gn like ni in the English word minion. Gu is pronounced generally as g in get. Ph like/, as in English. Qu is generally pronounced like h in king. Th is pronounced like t. 12 fasquelle's introductory 11. .A in French, sounds as CI in the English words mat, VClt, E(at the end of words ) ., U U U niiy , \ of one syllable, as \ & CUV. I nearly like ee " " " reed, creed O between o in nor, and o in ;*<9 U has no exact representative in English. To pronounce it, the lips should be compressed a little more closely than in whistling. E XER CIS E 2. Ba be bi bo bu Ca ce ci 50 fU Cha che chi cho chu Da de di do du Fa fe fi fo fu Ga ge gi go g u Gna gne gui gno gnu Gua gue gui guo Ha he hi ho hu Ja J e ji j° j u Ka ke ki ko ku La le li lo lu Ma me mi mo mu Na ne ni no nu Pa pe Pi po pu Pha phe phi pho pha Qua que qui quo quu* Ra re ri ro ru * Pronounced like ku in French in the words piqure or piquure, sting ; quelqu'un, some one, &c. FRENCH COURSE. Sa se si so su Ta te ti to tu Tha the tin tho thu Va ve vi vo vu Za ze zi zo zu 13 LEgOX III. LESSON III. THE ACCENTS. — THE APOSTROPHE. THE DIAERESIS. 1. The French language has three accents: 1. The acute ('), from right to left, and used only over e ; thus, e. 2. The grave ('), from left to right, used over a, 6, u / thus, a, e, ii. 3. The circumflex (/), the other two united, used over a, e, £, o, u / a, e, i, 6, u. 2. The grave accent on a (a) and u (on) does not change the pronunciation of those vowels. 3. & is pronounced as a, in the English words fa r, rather. e " 1 " a ii (4 U wa^, table. e " ' < c< e a u u met, bet. e " ' 1 " a cc u a dare, fare. i " 1 " ee a u cc eel, feel. 6 " 4 u Q a U cc no. u is longer than the unaccented u. y at the end of a syllable is pronounced like the French j. 14 fasquelle's introductory 4. E without an accent, at the end of a word of more than one syllable, is silent. 5. The apostrophe (') shows the elision or leaving out of e in words of one syllable ;* of a in la before a vowel or silent hy and of i in si before il and Us. 6. The diaeresis (") is put over a vowel to separate it in pronunciation from a preceding vowel. Exercise 3. ba be be be bi bo bn ca ce ce ce ci 96 . ca cha che che che chi cho chit da de de de di do du fa fe fe fe n fo m ga ge ge ge gl go g u gna gne gne gne gni gno gnu ha he he he hi ho hit ja je J* je jl jo j« la le le le li 16 In ma me m& me mi mo mil na ne ne ne ni no nit pa pe^ pe pe pi po pit pha phe phe phe phi pho pint qua que que que qui quo qil ra re re re it ro ru * Also in parce que, quoique, puisquc, jusque — que is not elided before oui. Ex., je dis que oui, / say it is so ; le, la are not elided before onze, onzieme. FRENCH COUESE sa se se se si so Bit ta, te te te ti to tu tha the the the thi tho thu va ve ve ve vi v6 vu xa xe xe xe xi xo xii za ze ze ze zi zo zu 15 LEgON IV. LESSON IV. DIPHTHONGS AND COMBINED VOWELS. Pronounce : 1. ai ^| I like the letter a in the English words fate y table. ei y ay ey ai ) followed by s, d, t, x, like ai in the English eai [ word pair. 2. au eau 3. eu ceu I nearly like o in the English words oA, home. I nearly like u in the English word muff. 4. oi, nearly like wa in was. 5. ou, like oo in the English word cool. 6. ia, nearly like ia in the English word medial. * Eu in the verb avoir like the French u in vu. 16 fasquelle's introductory 7. ie like ee in the English word bee. 8. ua ) the u is pronounced lightly, though distinctly, \ uo j the a or o more strongly. 9. ui t have no equivalent in English. 10. In ay, ey, oy, uy, followed by a vowel, y is pro- nounced like two i's : moyen, citoyen, are pronounced moi-ien, citoi-ien ; pays, paysage, paysan, etc., are pro- nounced pai-is, pai-isage, pai-isan. 11. Gua, gue, gui, guo, are pronounced like gah, ga, gee, go / gue is pronounced like gue in tongue. The u after g is not sounded before the other vowels. Exercise 4. bai bais bau beau bceu beu . pronounced nearly like an in want zxi&pant. en, after », at the end of a word, is pronounced nearly like an in sank, crank. > nearly like an in sank, crank. 2. aim ain ein im in ym 3. eon \ om > nearly like on ki song, wrong. on ) FRENCH COURSE. 19 4. urn ) pronounced nearly like un in hunting, mi j wrung, 5. When the in or n of the above combinations is doubled, there is no nasal sound, and the vowel is shorter than in the nasal syllable. 6. When those combinations are follow 3d by a vowel or a silent A, the m or n is carried to the next syllable, and the preceding vowel has its proper sound. Exercise 6. blan blen bien* bain bin bein ben brun cran qan cien* cam cm cein cen clun dan don dien* claim din clem den dun fran fron flan faim fin frein fen fum gean gan gron grain gin gein gen gun guan gnan guon gnain gnin gnein gnen gnun jean jain jon jain jin jein jen jun Ian len Ion lain lin lien* lam lun Exercise 7- man men nan nen plan pren ran mien nain pain main naim pen mm mon mem mun nin non nym nun pin plon plom plun quan quen quain quien* quin qu'on qu'en qu'un ren rain nen* nn ron rein run * See en, last line of No. 1 of this lesson. 20 fasquelle's introductory san sen sain sien* sin son sein sun tan tem tain tien* tim ton tein tun van yen vain vien* vin von vein vun san zem zain zien zin Exercise zon 8. zein zun ruban turban brandon crainte plainte feinte bonte oncle monde aucun tribun lundi loin coin foin combien* gardien* maintien* ambigu encore entree empire embleme empli benin malin imbu nombre ombre pronom branle fantome friand plaindre craindre romain montre faucon facon parfum quelqu'un imp or tun poinc^on temoin lointain italien* ancien* coined i en* dentiste en ere fend re temple tempete emploi impur timbre enclin coton bonbon daim * See 67i, last line of No. 1 of this lesson. FRENCH COURSE. 21 LEgON VI. LESSON VI. THE LIQUID L. THE SOFT TI. 1. L or 11 preceded by i (il, ill), not in the begin, ning, but in the middle or at the end of words,* has the liquid sound found in the English words, William, brilliant. 2. Many of the French give to the liquid I the sound of ye in the English word eye. This pronunciation is now so common, that it is no longer deemed wrong. 3. At, ei, preceding the liquid I, have not their com- mon sound (a in fate) ; ai has the sound of a in fat, and ei of e in there. The i seems merely to indicate the liquid sound of the I. 4. T is pronounced like c in cedar, or s in sir, in the combinations lial, tiel, tion, in the middle or at the end of words; as, portion, partial, essentiel. If these syl- lables are preceded by s or x, the t is hard. In patient, 'patience, Gratien, initier, Egyptien, &c, it is also pro- nounced like s in sir. The French words in which the above combinations occur are very much like the English words which have the same meaning, and in which ti has the sound of sh. * L is not liquid in ^ Bresil, Nil, mil, mille, mile, profit, tranquille, &c. It is silent in baril, chenil, cont'd, fits, fusil, grit, outil, persil, 2)ouls, soul, sour oil. 22 FAS QUELL E'S INTRODUCTORY FRENCH WORDS. Nation Notion Ration Patience Confidentiel ENGLISH WORDS. Nation Notion Ration Patience Confidential 5. In words ending with tie (in English cy), t is also pronounced like c in cedar : aristocratic, aristocracy ; democratic, democracy. Exercise 9. bataille ecureuil mantille patrouille bataillon sommeil tailleur bouillon canaille bouteille portail feuille travail oseille serail cueillirf eventail cerfeuil abeille feuillage detail ail corbeille medaille vieillard postilion oreille medaillon fauteuil cotillon merveille echantillon linceuil papillon meilleur million cercueil Bastille conseil paille seuil famille mouille portail deuil fille citrouille orgueil* muraille grille grenouille ecueilf ceil* jonquille canaille bail * ffi'in ail, and ue in orgueil, are pronounced nearly like u in bwl. f Cue in this verb and its derivatives, as also in ccrcueiJ, is pro- nounced nearly like cu in curb. FRENCH COURSE, 23 Exercise 10, caution ablution tradition attention consolation condition action affliction munition resolution question* mixtion* bastion* addition conviction Dalmatie dalmatien Helvetie helvetien aristocratic prophetie venitien Egyptien initial initiation confidentiel diplomatic emotion discretion partial partiel difTerentiel Beotie beotien quotient patience Diocletien Domitien initier Gratien insatiable minutie national Titien congestion* digestion* fraction faction satiete ratio nn el conventionnel initiation LE^OX VII. LESSOX VII. THE SILEXT E.— THE FIXAL COX'S OX AXTS. 1. ^without an accent is silent at the end of words of more than one syllable. Ex., plume, volume, regime. 2. i? after i is generally silent. Ex., bale, paiement. 3. In conversation and familiar reading the e of the second monosyllable is frequently dropped : je ne le ells }yeis,je ne sens pas, may be pronounced je rC le dispos^ je tC sen's pas. * See the second part of Rule 4. 21 fasquelle's introductory 4. E is frequently silent at the end of a syllable in the middle of a word, but in that case its suppression should occasion no harsh sound; appeler may be pro- nounced appHer, but prenant should by no means be pronounced prenant. No general rule can be given on this point. 5. A consonant at the end of a word is generally silent. 6. The letters c,f, I* r,\ are generally pronounced at the end of words. 7. A final consonant is generally pronounced with the vowel, or silent A, which begins the next word. This connection does not take place, however, when there is a pause between the two words. In conver- sation and familiar reading, this connection is often dis- pensed with, as it would appear too formal. 8. When d,f,.g, s, x, are to be joined to the vowel, or silent h, which commences the next word, d sounds like t, f like v, g like k, s like z, x like z. 9. The t of et is never pronounced. 10. The n of mon, ton, son, an, on, en, etc., is pro- nounced with the next word, commencing with a vowel, or a silent h, as if that word began with an n, without however changing the nasal sound of the preceding * See 1st Note, Lesson VI. f R preceded by e is silent except in amer, cher, cuiller, fer, enfer, kiver, &c. FRENCH COURSE. 25 word : son argent^ un honnete ho?nme, en arrivant, are pronounced, son nargent, un nhonnete homme, en nar- rivant. Exercise 11. cerise passable front huit|| chef mer poinme possible poulet neuf|| plaisir ceuf poire notre* barii quatre franc§ parasol fraise votre fusil soufre pouvoir baptemeff legume centre filsf blanc§ messager baptiserff pere theatre ost tard admirer compteff mere montre banc§ lard chercher exemptff fete poutre dos fard banquier argent figue mauvais dix|| second^ amateur chapelet table mont six|| fecond^f soif voix nez fond cinqll port clef** poix fable pret deux || fort cerf** fer etabl© pont sept || bref boeuf cher * Tre, at the end of words, seems to be almost whispered, the e not being heard. f JS in fits is pronounced by some, and dropped by others. \ S is silent in this word, except before a vowel. § C is silent in banc, blanc, franc, estomac, iabac, &c. | The last consonant is sounded in these words, except when they eome before a consonant. P in sept, septieme, &c, is silent. Tf G sounds like g in these words. ** F is silent in clef, cerf, and in the plural words oeufs, bceufs, also in chef-d'oeuvre. ff P is silent. 26 f asquelle's introductory E mes_ami3 nos^enfants cetjiomme un^Anglais ces^ Anglais cesjiommes en w argent lesion gles vos w abricots ton^ardoise bonjiabit certain Jlrlan dais lesJEspagnols les^epingles x e r c i s e 12. leurs^efforts leursjdees mesjiabits les^yeux il estjci cet^esprit toutji vous ils w ont hi nous^avons vous^avez nous^avions vousjiviez vous^aimez cinq livres nousjximons grandjiomme neufho mines dix^enfants septjiommes huitjiommes deux^amis sixjirdoises chagrin jimer clef de fer chef-d'oeuvre pain blanc mauvais tabac six livres LEgON VIII. LESSON VIII. THE ARTICLE. GENDER. 1. In French, as well as in English, the names of males belong to the masculine gender, and those of females to the feminine render. MASCULINE. Homme, man. Lion, lion. FEMININE. Femme, woman. Lionne, lioness. 2. The article has a different form for each gender. Masculine, Le ; Feminine, La, the. Le lion, the lion. La lionne, the lioness. FRENCH COURSE. 27 3. Before a masculine or feminine noun, commen- cing with a vowel or silent h (Lesson II., Rule 4), the article is V. L' Anglais, the Englishman. L'Anglaise, the Englishwoman. Vocabulary. m. indicates a masculine ; f. a feminine noun. Aigle, m. Eagle. Horloger, m. Watchmaker. Bru, f. Daughter-in-law, Mari, m. Husband. Cousin, m. Cousin. Marraine, f. Godmother. Cousine, f. Cousin. Mere, f. Mother. Epoux, m. Husband. Oncle, m. Uncle. Epouse, f. Wife. Orfevre, m. Goldsmith. Ferame, f. Wife., Woman. Orphelin, m. Orphan boy. Fille, f. Daughter, Girl. Orpheline, f. Orphan girl. Pre re, ra. Brother. Parent, m. Relation. Garcon, m. Dog. Parente, f. Delation. Gendre, m. Son-in-law. Parrain, m. Godfather. Grand-pere, m. Grand- Pere, m. Father. father. Soeur, f. Sister. Grand-mere, f. Grand- Veuf, m. Widower. mother. Veuve, f. Widow. Exercise 13. 1 Le frere. 2 La soeur. 3 L'orphelin. 4 Le cousin. 5 L'aigle. 6 La parente. 7 Le pere. 8 La bru. 9 La cousine. 10 L'epoux. 11 L'epouse. 12 L'homme. 13 L'orfevre. 14 L'horloger. 15 La femme. 16 La fille. 17 Le garcon. 18 Le gendre. 19 Le veuf. 20 La veuve. 21 Le parent. 22 Le 28 fasquelle's introductory mari. 23 Le parrain. 24 La marraine. 25 La mere. 26 L'oncle. Exercise 14. 1 The uncle. 2 The father. 3 The mother. 4 The sister. 5 The brother. 6 The grandfather. 7 The grand- mother. 8 The daughter. 9 The husband. 10 The wife. 11 The godmother. 12 The boy. 13 The girl. 14 The son-in-law. 15 The daughter-in-law. 16 The goldsmith. 17 The orphan boy. 18 The orphan girl. 19 The watchmaker. 20 The widow. 21 The widower. 22 The cousin, m. 23 The cousin,/. 24 The godfather. 25 The eagle. 26 The relation, m. 27 The relation,/. LEQON IX. LESSON IX, GEXDER CONTINUED. UX, UXE ; A, AN, ONE. 1. There is in French no neuter or third gender; the names of things are either masculine or feminine. MASCULINE. FEMININE. Le papier, the paper. La plume, the pen. L'arbre, the tree. La branche, the branch. Le livre, the book. L'aiguille, the needle. 2. Uh before a masculine noun, line before a feminine noun, answer to the English a, an, one. MA80ULINE. FEMININE. Un tailleur, a tailor. Une modiste, a mill I- Un crayon, a pencil. Une ardoise, a slate. FRENCH COURSE. 29 3. Present tense of Avoir, to have. J-ai, I have, Tu as, Thou hast. II a, He has. Eile a, She has. Nous avons, We have. Vous avez, You have. lis out, They have, m. Elles ont, They have, f. 4. The e of Je, I, is dropped before a vowel or a silent h. Model Sentences. J'ai le papier. Nous avons un livre. Le garcon a l'arbre. La fille a une plume. Vous avez 1' argent, lis ont For. L'orphelin a la maison. lis ont le jardin. Elles ont le pain. L'enfant a la viande, la cuiller et la fourchette. I have the paper. We have a hook. The boy has the tree. The girl has a pen. You have the money or silver. They have the gold. The orphan has the house. Tliey have the garden. TJiey (f.) have the bread. The child has the meat, the spoon and the fork. Vocabulary. Arbre, m. Tree. Assiette, f. Plate. Balai, m. Broom. Beurre, m. Butter. Boeuf, m. Beef. Cafe, m. Coffee. Chocolat, m. Chocolate. Couteau, m. Knife. Cuiller, f. Spoon. Eau, f. Water. Et, and. Fourchette, f. Fork. Jardin, m. Garden. Lion, m. Lion. Mo nt on, m. Mutton. Poulet, m. Chicken. 30 pasquelle's introductory Plat, m. Dish. Verre, m. Glass. Table, f. Table. Viande, f. Meat. Veau, m. Veal. Volaille, f. Poultry. Before translating the exercise, the pupil will give the nouns in the vocabulary with le, la, 1', the, or un, une, «, or an before them. Exercise 15. 1 L'enfant a le pain. 2 L'orphelin a le cafe. 3 Nous avons le jardin. 4 Le lion a la viande. 5 La fille a la volaille. 6 Vous avez le papier. 7 Elle a le chocolat. 8 Vous avez la cuiller. 9 Nous avons le mouton. 10 Le garc^on a le cafe. 11 L'orfevre a l'or. 12 J'ailebeurre. 13 L'horloger a la table. 14 Elles ont le plat. 15 lis out le veau. 16 Le garqon a le balai. 17 II a le couteau. 18 Le pere a le chocolat. 19 La mere a l'arbre. 20 La cousin e a le plat. Exercise 16. 1 The boy has the bread. 2 You have the meat, 3 The father has the coffee. 4 The mother has the spoon. 5 We have the chocolate. / 6 We have the pen. 7 The child has the butter. 8 He has the gold. 9 You have the fork. 10 She has the mutton. 11 The watch- maker has the gold. 12 The goldsmith has the silver. 13 You have the plate. 14 We have the dish. 15 They have the chicken. 10 The girl has the coffee. 17 The boy has the veal. 18 I have the dish. 19 The orphan-boy has the book. 20 The orphan-girl has the FRENCH COURSE. 31 needle. 21 The brother has the table. 22 We have the money. 23 You have a knife. 24 The tailor lias a book. 25 The watchmaker has a table. 26 They have a garden. LEQOX X. LESSOR X. NAME OF MATERIAL. AVOIR INTERROGATIVELY. 1. The name of the material of which an object is composed follows the name of the object, the two words being joined by de before a consonant, or cV be- fore a vowel or a silent h. Une robe de soie, A silk dress. La plume d'acier, The steel pen. Literally: A dress of silk ; The pen of steel. 2. Present tense of Avoir interrogatively. Ai-je ? Have I? Avons-nous ? Have we ? As-tu ? Hast thou ? Avez-vous ? Have you ? A-t-il ? Has he ? Ont-ils ? Have they ? A-t-elle ? Has she ? Ont-elles ? Have they ? 3. When, in asking a question, il or elle comes im- mediately after a verb ending with a vowel, -t~ is put between that vowel and the verb. A-t-il le livre ? Has he the book ? A-t-elle le bois ? ' lias she the wood? 82 fasquelle's introductory Model Sentences. Le tailleur a l'habit de clrap. TJie tailor has the cloth coat. La blancliisseuse a le mouchoir The washerwoman has the cam- de batiste. brie handkerchief. La demoiselle a la robe d'in- TJie young lady has the calico dienne. dress. Avez-vous la bague d'or ? Have you the gold ring ? Avons-nous le couteau d'ar- Have we the silver knife f gent? Ont-ils une maison de brique ? Have they a brick house ? Ai-je la plume d'or ? Have I the gold pen ? Vocabulary. Acier, m. Steel. Gilet, m. Vest. Argent, m. Money, silver. Ivoire, f. Ivory. Bague, £ Ring. Maison, f. House. Batiste, £ Cambric. Monsieur, in. Sir, gentleman. Blancliisseuse, f. Washer- Mouchoir, ra. Handkerchief. woman. Non, No. Bois, m. Wood. Oui, Yes. Brique, f. Brick. Or, m. Gold. Cairif, m. Penknife. Plume, f. Pen. Cravat e, f. Cravat. Soie, f. Silk. Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Tablier, m. Apron. Dentelle, f. Lace. Tailleur, m. Tailor. Drap, m. Cloth. Velours, m. Velvet. Indienne, f. Print, calico. Voile, ra. Veil. Put the proper article le, la, l\ or un, une, before the nouns. FRENCH COUESE, Exercise 17. 33 1 La demoiselle a !e mouchoir de soie. 2 Le tailleur a une maison de brique. 3 Vous avez nne maison de bois. 4 Avez-vous une bague d'argent ? 5 Nous avons la dentelle de soie. 6 La blanchisseuse a une robe d'indienne. 7 Avez-vous un couteau d'acier ? 8 Non, Monsieur, j'ai un couteau d'ivoire. 9 A-t-elle un voile de dentelle ? 10 Elle a un voile de batiste. 11 Avons-nous la maison de bois? 12 Vous avez la maison de brique. 13 La fille a un tablier de batiste. 14 Elle a un tablier d'indienne. 15 Le garcon a un gilet de drap. 16 Le monsieur a un mouchoir de soie. 17 II a un mouchoir de batiste. 18 La demoiselle a une plume d'or. 19 lis ont une plume d'acier. Exercise 18. . 1 Have you the steel ring ? 2 No, sir, I have the gold ring. 3 The young lady has the silver ring. 4 Has she the cambric handkerchief? 5 No, sir, she has the silk handkerchief. 6 The washerwoman has the steel knife. 7 The tailor has the brick house. 8 Have you a wood house ? 9 No, sir, we have a brick house. 10 The young lady has a print dress. 11 You have an ivory knife. 12 He has a silk cravat. 13 You have a cambric handkerchief. 14 The boy has a cloth vest. 15 The gentleman has a velvet vest. 16 The young lady has a velvet dress. 17 She has a silk veil. 18 Has she a gold pen? 19 No, sir, she has a steel pen. 20 Have you a silk apron ? 21 No, sir, I have a cam- 34 fasquelle's introductory brie apron. 22 We have the silk lace. 23 You have the print dress. 24 She has the silk dress. 25 She has the gold ring. LEgON XI. LESSON XI. DU, DE L', DE LA ; OF THE, FROM THE, SOME, AXY. 1. Before a masculine noun in the singular, not com- mencing with a vowel or a silent A, du is always used for of the, some or any. EST" De le is never used. Dujardin, Of the garden* Du menuisier, Of the joiner. Du pain, Some bread. 2. Before a feminine noun, in the singular, beginning with a consonant, or a pronounced A, de la is used for of the, so?ne or any. De la femme, Of the woman. De la toile, Some linen. 3. Before a noun of cither gender, commencing with a vowel or a silent A, de l' is equivalent to of tJie, some or any. De riiommc, Of the man. De l'argent, Some money. 4. Often the word some or any is not expressed be- fore a noun in English, but when it may be put without FRENCH COUESE, 35 changing the meaning of the sentence, du, de la, de l\ must always be used in French. Vous avez du papier, You have (some) paper. Avez-vous de la cire ? Have you (any) wax ? lis ont de l'argent. They have (some) money. But de (or cV before a vowel or silent h) alone is used when the noun following is preceded by an adjective ; as, Donnez-moi de bon pain. Give me good bread. Je bois d'excellente biere. I drink excellent beer. E. possede de belles mai- He possesses beautiful sons. houses. 5. A noun preceded by some or any, expressed or understood, is said to be used in the partitive sense. Model J'ai parle du medecin. Vous avez parle de la dame. Ont-ils parle de Phomme ? Le marc hand a de la toile. Avons-nous de la dentelle ? L'epicier a du poivre. Le tourneur a de Pivoire. Sentences. i" have spoken of the physician. You have spoken of the lady. Have they spoken of the man? The merchant has (some) linen. Have we (any) lace f The grocer has (some) pepper. The turner has (some) ivory. VOCAB Achete, Bought. Apporte, Brought. Boulanger, m. Baker. Ble, m. Wheat. Chaleur, f. Heat. Cire, £ Wax. Confiseur, m. Confectioner. Cuisiniere, f. Cook. Drap, m. Cloth. Fermier, m. Farmer. Garc^on, m. Boy, waiter. ULAKT. Huile, f. Oil. Madame, Madam, Mrs. Mademoiselle, Miss. Medecin, m. Physici&n. Morceau, m. Piece. Orge, f. Barley. Parle, Spoken. Pluie, f. Rain. Sarrasin, m. Buckwheat. Seigle, m. Bye. Sucre, m. Sugar. 30 fasquelle's introductory Toile, f. Linen. Viande, f. Meat. Verre, m. Glass. Vinaigre, ra. Vinegar. Put du, de la, de 1', of tJie^ some or any, before the nouns in the vocabulary. Exercise 19. 1 Nous avons parle du verre. 2 Vous avez parle de la chaleur. 3 Le medecin a parle du drap. 4 Le garcon a parle de la pluie. 5 Avez-vous de l'eau ? 6 Non, monsieur, j'ai de l'huile. 7 La cuisiniere a du vinaigre. 8 Le fermier a du ble. 9 Avons-nous du seigle ? 10 Non, mademoiselle, nous avons du sarrasin. 11 Le boulauger a du pain de seigle. 12 Le confiseur a du suere d'orge. 13 Avez-vous achete de la toile ? 14 Non, madam e, j'ai achete du drap. 15 Avez-vous de l'or ? 16 Non, monsieur, j'ai de l'argent. 17 Avez- vous de la cire ? 18 Avez-vous apporte de l'eau? 19 Oui, madame, j'ai apporte un verre d'eau. 20 Le garcon a apporte un morceau de bois. 21 Le fermiei a apporte un morceau de viande. Exercise 20. 1 Have you vinegar, sir ? 2 No, sir, we have oil. 3 The merchant has cloth. 4 The baker has rye-bread. 5 No, madam, he has wheat bread. 6 The confec- tioner has barley sugar. 7 The merchant lias silk lace. 8 Have you spoken of the lady ? 9 We have spoken of the man. 10 You have spoken of the physician. 11 The farmer has brought buckwheat. 12 The waiter FRENCH COURSE. 37 lias brought a glass of water. 13 Have you bought cloth? 14 I have bought linen. 15 The cook has bought a piece of meat. 16 She has bought poultry. 17 The cook has brought the oil. IS You have brought oil. 19 The young lady has spoken of the silk lace. 20 The gentleman has bought silk lace. 21 Have you brought meat? 22 I have brought a piece of meat. • 23 I have spoken of the rain. 2 * I have wax. 25 The physician has money. LEgOX XII. LESSOX XII. PLACE OF OBJECT POSSESSED. AH, A LA, A L' ; AT OR TO THE. 1. The name of the possessor must, in French, follow the name of the object possessed ; they are joined by DU, DE LA, DE L\ Le fusil du soldat, The soldier's gun. Le chapeau cle la dame, The lady's hat. L'ecorce de l'arbre, The bark of the tree. Literally : The gun of the soldier / The hat of the lady, &c. 2. The preposition A, to or at, and the article le, the, are before a masculine noun beginning with a consonant, contracted into au, to the, at the. Z3F* A le is never used. c J£2 Au libraire, To the bookseller. Au heros, To the hero. 38 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 3. Before a word commencing with a vowel, or a silent A, and before a feminine word, no contraction of A with the article takes place. A l'horloger, A la dame, To the watchmaker. To the lady. Model Sentences. Nous avons le gant du monsieur. Avez-vous la clef de la porte ? J'ai l'eventail de la dame. I] a parle au me deem. Elle a parle a 1' Anglais. Donnez le livre a l'horloger. Yous avez le cheval du fermier. We have the gentleman's glove. Have you the key of the door? I have the lady's fan. lie has spoken to the physician. She has spoken to the Englishman. Give the hook to the watchmaker. You have the farmer s horse. Vocabulary. Anglais, m. Englishman. Arbre, m. Tree., Aubergiste, m. Innkeeper. Boulanger, m. Baker. Cafe, m. Coffee. Chapeau, m. Hat, bonnet. Cheval, m. Horse. Chocolat, m. Chocolate. Coupe, Cat. Cuisiniere, f. Cook. Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Ecorce, f. Bark. Ecossais, n. Scotchman. Envoy e, Sent. Eventail, m. Fan. Farine, f. Flour. Fermiere, f. Farmers icife. Fusil, m. Gun. Gant, m. Glove. Libraire, m. Bookseller. Livre, m. Book. Maison, f. House. Marechal, m. Blacksmith. Montre, f. Watch. Neige, f. Snow. Oiievre, m. Goldsmith. Perdu, Lost. Prete. Lent. FRENCH COURSE. od Puiuuiiei-, m. Apple-tree. Soldat, m. Soldier. Pupitre, m. Ltesk. Trouve, Found. Serrurier, m. Locksmith. Vent, m. Wind. Put da, +de la, de l\ before the nouns in the voca- bulary. Exercise 21. 1 Le serrurier a la clef de la maison. 2 Nous avons la farine du boulanger. 3 Avez-vous le gant de la cuisiniere ? 4 Non, mademoiselle, j'ai le chapeau de la fille. 5 Avez-vous du chocolat ? 6 Oui, monsieur, j'ai du chocolat et du cafe. 7 Avez-vous envoye an livre au libraire ? 8 Xon, monsieur, j'ai prete un livre a la fermiere. 9 Avez-vous l'eventail de la demoiselle ? 10 Donnez la montre a l'orfevre. 11 J'ai donne le fer au marechal. 12 Nous avons prete de 1' argent a l'au- bergiste. 13 Avez-vous parle a l'Ecossais ? 14 Nous avons parle de la neige. 15 Vous avez parle du vent. 16 Vous avez coupe l'ecorce du pommier. 17 Le serrurier a coupe l'ecorce de l'arbre. 18 J'ai perdu la clef de la porte. 1 9 Vous avez trouve la clef du pupitre Exercise 22. 1 Have you the girl's glove ? 2 No, sir, I have the cook's hat. 3 Have you lost the key of the house ? 4 The locksmith has found the key of the house. 5 The young lady has found the gentleman's glove. 6 The gentleman has lost the young lady's fan. 7 Have you chocolate, sir ? 8 No, madam, I have tea. 9 Have you lent a book? 10 I have lent a book to the farmer's 40 fasquklie's introductory wife. 11 Have you spoken to the goldsmith ? 12 No, sir, I have spoken to the Scotchman. 13 Have you the farmer's horse? 14 The blacksmith has the former's horse. 15 The Englishman has the soldier's gun. 16 Have you cut the bark of the tree? 17 We have cut the bark of the apple tree. 18 Give the watch to the watchmaker. 19 Have you beef ? 20 No, madam, I have mutton. 21 Have you lent money to the book- seller ? 22 I have lent paper to the blacksmith. 23 I have sent coffee to the young lady. 24 Have you lost the key of the desk ? 25 I have found the key of the door. LEQON XIII. LESSON XIII. PLACE OF A NOUN IN A QUESTION. — REPETITION OF ARTICLE. 1. In a question, the subject (actor or doer) if a noun, is generally placed at the beginning of the sen- tence, the verb follows, and after the verb comes a pronoun having the same gender and number as the subject. Le tailleur a-t-il une aiguille ? Has the tailor a needle? La modiste a-t-elle un chapeau? Has the milliner a bonnet? Literally : The tailor has he a needle ? The milliner has she a bonnet ? 2. Le, la, l', the ; du, de la, be l', of the, some or any ; au, a la, A l', at or to the, are repeated before every noun or every word used as such. FRENCH COURSE, 41 Le couteau et la fourchette, The knife and fork. Du pain et du beurre, Bread and butter. A l'homme et a la femrae, To the man and woman. Literally: The knife and the fork / Some bread and some butter. Model Sentences, L'imprimeur a-t-il un crayon ? Le charpentier a-t-il du bois ? La dame a-t-elle un canif ? La tante a-t-elle un cheval ? Le monsieur et la dame ont-ils apporte de l'argent ? Vous avez du pain et du fro- mage. II a parle au monsieur et a la dame. Has the printer a pencil? Has the carpenter wood f Has the lady a penknife? Has the aunt a horse ? Have the gentleman and lady orought money t You have bread and cheese. He has spoken to the gentleman and lady. V O CABUL AE Y. A, To. Acier, m. Steel. Apporte, Brought. Ble, ra. Wheat. Casse, Broken. Couteau, m. Knife. Cuivre, m. Brass. Dentiste, m. Dentist. Donne, Given. Ecolier, m. Scholar. Ecrit, Written. En ere, f. Ink. Epee, f. Sicord. Earine, f. Flour. Foureliette, f. Fork. Gout, m. Taste. Meunier, m. Miller. Monnaie, f. Change. Peebe, f. Peach. Peintre, m. Painter. Porame, f. Apple. Portrait, m. Portrait. President, m. President. Professeur, m. Professor. 42 f a.sqtjelle\s introductory Qui, WhO) whom. Sarrasin, m. Buckwheat. Roi, m. King. Tabatiere, f. Snuff-box. Reine, f. Queen. Tableau, m. Picture. Sabre, m. Broadsword. Vu, Seen. Put aw, a la-) a l\ before the nouns in the voca- bulary. Exercise 23. 1 La dame a-t-elle du gout? 2 Oui, monsieur, la dame a du gout. 3 Le soldat a-t-ii un sabre' de cuivre ? 4 Xon, madame, il a un sabre d'acier. 5 Avez-vous apporte de l'encre ? 6 J'ai apporte de l'encre et du papier. 7 Avez-vous une tabatiere d'argent ? 8 Xon, monsieur, j'ai une tabatiere d'or. 9 Le meunier a-t-il delafarine? 10 II a de la farine de ble. 11 A qui avez-vous donne la peche ? 12 J'ai donne la peche au professeur. 13 Avez-vous vu le dentiste? 14 J'ai vu le dentiste et le medecin. 15 Le peintre a-t-il un tableau? 16 Oui, monsieur, le peintre a le portrait du roi. 17 Avez-vous ecrit au president? 18 J'ai ecrit a l'ecolier. 19 Avez-vous de l'or et de 1' argent ? 20 J'ai de l'or et de la monnaie. Exercise 24. 1 lias the lady change? 2 Yes, madam, the lady lias change. 3 Has the gentleman gold and silver ? 4 The gentleman lias gold, silver, and paper. 5 lias the miller buckwheat flour? The miller has buck- wheat flour and wheat flour. 7 To "whom have you FRENCH COURSE. 43 given the apple? 8 We have given the apple to the lady. 9 Have you given the peach to the professor ? 10 Have you brought the knife and fork? 11 I have broken the knife and fork. 12 Has the soldier a steel sword? 13 The soldier has a steel broadsword. 14 Has the gentleman a gold snuff-box? 15 The gentle- man has a silver snuff-box. 16 To whom have you written? 17 "I have written to the painter. 18 Ha§ the painter the king's picture ? 19 He has the king and queen's portrait. 20 Have you seen the professor? 21 I have seen the professor and the physician. 22 Have you written to the dentist? 23 I have written to the dentist and to the physician. 24 Have you brought paper ? 25 We have brought ink and paper. LEQOX XIV. LESSOR XIV. THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE. MON, TOX, SOX ; MT, THY, HIS, HER. 1. The possessive adjectives in French are : Before a masculine noun, or a feminine noun beginning with a vowel or a silent h. Before a feminine noun commen- cing with a consonant. Before a noun of either gender. Mon, My; Ton, Thy; Son, Tils, Tier ; Ma, My; Ta, Thy; Sa, Ills, Her / Notre, Our ; VoTRE, Your / Leur, Their ; 44 fasquelle's introductory 2. The possessive adjectives take the gender and number of the object possessed, and not, as in English, that of the possessor. Mon livre, My book. Ma plume, My pen. Son livre, His or her book. Sa plume, His or her pen. 3. To avoid the meeting of two vowels, or of a vowel and a silent h, the masculine form of the possessive adjectives, mon, ton, son, is put as mentioned above, before a feminine noun commencing with a vowel or a silent h. Mon ame, My soul. Son habitude, His or her habit. 4. The possessive adjectives are not used without the noun, and are repeated before every noun or word used as such. Mon pere et ma mere, My father and (my) mother. Son oncle et sa tante, His uncle and (his) aunt. Model Sentences. Quel habit avez-vous ? Wliat coat have you f J'ai l'habit de mon cousin. I have my cousin's coat. A-t-il la robe de sa cousine ? Has he his cousin's dress? II a le chapeau de son cousin. He has his cousin's hat. A-t-ellele Soulier de sonfrere? Has she her brothers shoe? Elle a le mouchoir de sa mere. She has her mothers handker- ch icf. Avez-vous le verre de leur Have you their mothers glass ? mere? Nous avons la tasse de notrc We have our father's cup. pere. J'iH vu votre frere et votre / have seen your brother and scour. Bister* FRENCH COURSE. 45 Vocabulary. Acier, ra. Steel. Ami, m. Friend. Apporte, Brought. Ardoise, f. Slate. Aujourd'hui, To-day. Beau-pere, m. Father-in- law. Belle-mere, f. Mother-in- law. Bois, m. Wood. Botte, f. Boot. Capitaina, m. Captain. Casse, Broken. Cordonnier, m. Shoemaker. Cousin, m. Cousin. Crayon, m. Pencil. Encre, f. Ink. Enfant, m. Child. Epee, f. Sword. Fini, Finished. Neveu, m. Nephew. Niece, f. Niece. Oncle, m. Uncle. Oublie, Forgotten. Parle, Spoken. Perdu, Lost. Pistolet, m. Pistol. Quel, What, lohich. Recu, Received. Relieur, m. Bookbinder. Secretaire, m. Secretary. Soeur, f. Sister. Soulier, m. Shoe. Vu, Seen. Put the article le, la> l\ before the nouns. Exercise 25. 1 Le secretaire a mon crayon et mon encre. 2 A-t-il mon epee ? 3 II a l'epee de son capitaine. 4 Avez- vous vu notre oncle aujourd'hui ? 5 J'ai vu votre cousine. 6 Ont-ils parle a leur beau-pere ? 7 lis ont parle a leur belle-mere. 8 Le tailleur a-t-il fini mon habit? 9 II a fini l'habit de notre frere. 10 Le cor- donnier a fini ma botte. 11 Le relieur a fini le livre 46 fasqttelle's introductory de ma cousine. 12 Avez-vous recu ma lettre ? 13 J'ai regu la lettre de votre ami. 14 Quel can if avez-vous? 15 Nous avons le canif de notre soeur. 16 Avez-vous vu la maison de leur neveu ? 17 J'ai vu la maison de leur niece. 18 Ont-ils apporte du papier et de l'encre ? 19 lis ont oublie leur encre et leur papier. 20 Le capitaine a casse son pistolet et son epee. Exercise 26. 1 Who has my slate and pencil ? 2 The captain has your slate. 3 The tailor has your pencil. 4 What tailor has broken your slate ? 5 My brother's tailor has broken my slate. 6 Has the secretary brought his j>encil ? 7 He has forgotten his pencil. 8 He has brought your brother's pencil. 9 Have you seen my cousin's horse ? 10 I have seen your cousin's wooden horse. 11 Have you broken the child's wooden horse ? 12 What penknife have you broken? 13 We have broken your steel penknife. 14 We have lost our sister's penknife. 15 Has the shoemaker brought my shoe? 16 The shoemaker has forgotten your shoe. 17 Have you seen my mother's house ? IS We have seen your sister's house and garden. 19 We have seen your father and mother. 20 Have you gold and silver ? 21 We have gold and paper. 22 We have seen the gentleman and lady. 23 Have you my sword ? 24 I have seen his father-in-law and his mother-in-law. FRENCH COURSE. 47 LEgOX XV. LESSON XV. THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. LE MIEN, LA MIENNE, MINE, ETC. 1. The possessive pronouns do not come before nouns, but merely refer to them ; they are : MASCULINE. FEMININE. Le mien, La mienne, Mine. Le TIEN, La tienne, Thine. Le sien, La sienne, His or hers. Le NOTRE, La notre, Ours. Le votre, La votre, Yours. Le leur, La leur, Theirs. 2. The possessive pronoun and the article which it contains take the gender and number of the noun to which it refers. Votre pere et le mien, Your father and mine. Sa mere et la mienne, His mother and mine. 3. The contraction of the article with de and a must also take place. See Lesson 11, Rule 1, and Lesson 12, Rule 2. J'ai pari 6 de son pere et I have spoken of his father du mien, and of mine. Vous avez ecrit a son frere You have vyritten to his et au mien. brother and to mine. 4. In the adjectives votre, notre, there is no accent ; 48 fasquelle's introductory the pronouns take the circumflex ( A ), le notre^ le voire. Notre livre et le votre, Our book and yours. Votre maison et la nqtre, Your house and ours. Model Sentences, Avez-vous vu mon jardin ? Have you seen my garden ? J'ai vu le sien. I have seen his or hers. Avez-vous ccrit a son cousin ? Have you vjrttten to his cousin? J'ai ecrit au mien. I have written to mine. Nous avons parle de votre ami. We have spoken of your friend. II a parle du sien. He has spoken of his. J'ai votre encrier et le mien. I have your inkstand and mine. Elle a votre ecritoire et la She has your inkstand and mine. mienne. II a mon argent et le sien. He has my money and his. II a ma plume et la sienne. He has my pen and his. Vocabulary. Achete, Bought. Fruit, m. Fruit. Aiguille, f. Needle. Lettre, f. Letter. Cafe, m. Coffee. Modiste, f. Milliner. Cafetiere, f. Coffee-pot. Nettove, Cleaned. Cocher, m. Coachman. Ou, Or. Decoupe, Cut uji, car red. Panier, m. Basket. Domestique, m. and f. Ser- Paysan, m. Countryman. vant. Paysanne, f. Countrymo- Ecritoire, f. Inkstand. man. Encrier, m. Inkstand. Plume, f. Pen. Fouet, m. Whip. Perdu, Lost. FRENCH COURSE. 49 Viande, f. Meat. Tasse, f. Cup. Voiture, f. Carriage. The, m. Tea. Soie, f. Silk. Theiere, f. Teapot. Put the possessive adjectives mon, ?na, before the nouns in the vocabulary. Exercise 27. 1 Votre ami a-t-ii mon fruit ? 2 II a votre fruit et le mien. 3 Avez-vous recti ma lettre ? 4 J'ai regu votre lettre et la sienne. 5 Avez-vous casse son fouet ou le mien ? 6 J'ai casse le votre. 7 Le paysan a-t-il oublie son panier ? 8 II a oublie le mien. 9 Avez- vous decoupe ma viande? 10 J'ai decoupe votre viande et la sienne. 11 Votre cocher a-t-il nettoye notre voiture ou la votre? 12 II a nettoye la notre. 13 Avez-vous acbete ma soie ? 14 Nous avons achete la sienne. 15 Avez-vous parle de mon ami ? 16 J'ai parle du votre et du mien. 17 Avons-nous donne du cafe a son cousin? 18 Xous avons donne du the et du cafe au mien. 19 Yous avez son livre et le notre, sa plume et la mienne. Exercise 28. 1 Have you broken my cup ? 2 I have broken mine and yours. 3 Has the coachman broken your carriage ? 4 He bas broken yours and ours. 5 Has the servant cleaned my coffee-pot ? 6 She has cleaned yours and mine. 7 Have you broken my tea-pot ? 4 50 fasquelle's introductory 8 I have broken mine. 9 Have you lost my needle ? 10 The countrywoman has lost your needle and hers. 11 Has the countryman forgotten my basket ? 12 He has forgotten his and yours. 13 Has the coachman lost his. whip? 14 The coachman has lost my whip and his. 15 Has the milliner my silk or hers ? 16 She hashers and yours. 17 Have you spoken of my ink- stand or of yours ? 18 I have spoken of yours and of mine. 19 Have you broken mine or hers ? 20 I have broken yours and hers. 21 Have you written to my friend or to hers ? 22 I have written to yours, to hers, and to mine. 23 Have you written my letter ? 24 I have written yours and mine. 25 Have you cut up the child's meat? 26 I have cut up mine and his. lEgON XVI. LESSON XVI. THE DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES. CE, CET, CETTE ; THIS, THAT. 1. The demonstrative adjectives are : _ rriT . , ) before a masculine noun com- Ce, 1 his. that : L . . , 9 ) mencing with a consonant. ^ rm . / ) before a masculine noun begin- Cet, Ihis* that : I . . , 7 ., . 7 } ) ning with a vowel or a silent h. Cette, Tills, that ; beforo a feminine noun. 2. The demonstrative adjective always precedes BLENCH COURSE, 51 nouns or other words used as such, and must be re- peated before every one. Ce charpentier, This or that carpenter. Get orfevre, This or that goldsmith. Cette cuisiniere, This or that cook. Cet or et cet argent, That gold and (thai) silver. 3. Ci or la joined with the hyphen (-) to the noun, will make, in French, the difference existing in English between here and there. Ce livre-ci, This book (here). Cette plume-la, That pen (there). 4. The demonstrative pronouns are never placed before nouns, but take the place of nouns mentioned before, and must be in the same gender and number. They are : Celui, This. that. ) „ . ^ rni • w . r i° r the masculme. Celui-ci, lliis one, that one, ) Celle, This, that, Celle-ci, This one, that one, Mon livre et celui de votre My book and your sister's. sceur, Literally : My book and that of your sister. Ma lettre et celle-la, My letter and that one. \ for the feminine. Model Sentences. Avez-vous rencontre ce garcon ? Have you met that hoy ? J'ai rencontre cette fille. I have met this or that girl. 52 fasquelle's introductory Avez-vous leur argent ? Have you their money f J'ai celui de leur frere. I have their brother's. Avons-nouscelui-cioucelui-la? Have you this (one) or that (one) f Nous avons celui de notre We have our cousins. cousin. Avez-vous vu ma plume ? Have you seen my pen t J'ai vu celle-ci et celle de notre / have seen this (one) and our amie. friend's. Vocabulary. Achete, Bought. Agneau, m. Lamb. Aussi, Also. Dictionnaire, m. Diction- ary. Drap, m. Cloth. Gant, m. Glove. Gilet, m. Vest. Laine, f. Wool. Lion, m. Lion. Lionne, f. Lioness. Manteau, ra. Cloak. Marechal, m. Blacksmith. Mouton, m. Sheep. Oiseau, ra. Bird. Petit, Small, little. Quel, What, which. Qui, Who. Rencontre, Met. Soie, f. Silk-. Tapis, m. Carpet. Trouve. Found. Put the article fe, la, l\ before the nouns above. Exercise 29. 1 Quel tapis avez-vous ? 2 J'ai ce petit tapis. 3 Notre frere a-t-il trouve cet oiseau ? 4 II a trouve celui de son ami. 5 Avons-nous la laine de l'agneau ? C Nous avons celle du mouton. 7 Avez-vous aussi la FRENCH COURSE. 53 mienne ? 8 Nous avons la votre et celle de votre soeur. 9 Avez-vous achete ce gant ? 10 J'ai achete ce gant-ci et celui-la. 11 Le tailleur a-t-il cette soie ? 12 Non, monsieur, il a ce drap. 13 Quel gilet avez- vous achete ? 14 J'ai achete celui-ci et celui-la. 15 Avez-vous rencontre ce marechal ? 16 Nous avons rencontre celui-ci, 17 Avez-vous vu mon dictionnaire? 18 J'ai vu celui de votre cousine. 19 J'ai votre man> teau, le mien, et celui de votre soeur. Exercise 30. 1 Have you seen that lion ? 2 We have seen that lion and that lioness. 3 Have you met that blacksmith ? 4 My sister has met that blacksmith. 5 What waist- coat have you ? 6 I have mine and your father's. 7 Have you my brother's ? 8 I have your brother's and your cousin's. 9 Have you their money ? 10 We have their sister's. 1 1 Which lamb have you ? 12 We have this (one) and that (one). 13 Have you bought that little lamb? 14 We have bought that sheep. 15 Which carpet has your sister? 16 My sister has that small carpet. 17 Has the tailor your silk or mine ? 18 He has this or that. 19 Has the lady that cloth? 20 She has that cloth and that wool. 21 Who has that bird ? 22 The tailor has my bird and his brother's. 23 Who has my sister's cloak? 24 We have your sister's and your cousin's. 25 We have this and that. £4 fasquelle's intkoductory LEgOX XYII. LESSON XVII. THE NEGATIVE SENTENCE. NE, PAS, RIEN, ETC. 1. To render a sentence negative, the French use two words : Ne* — pas, Not, no. Ne — rien, Nothing, not any thing. IsTe — jamais, Never. 2. The first word, ne, is put before the verb, and the second, pas, rien, or jamais, after it, when the verb has only one word, and between the first word and the secondf when it is composed of two words. When there is no verb, ne is not used. Je n'ai pas votre chapeau. / have not your hat. Yous n'avez pas trouve mon You have not found my hand- mouchoir. her chief. Qu'avez-vous ? Kien. What have you ? Nothing. 3. Present tense of the verb Avoir, to have. NEGATIVELY. Je n'ai pas, I have not. Tu n'as pas, Thou hast not. II n'a pas, He has ?iot. Elle n'a pas, She has not. * The e of ne is dropped before a vowel or a silent h. See Lesson 3, Rule 5 ; also § ] 46 of Larger Course f The auxiliary and participle. FRENCH COURSE. 55 Nous n'avons pas, We have not. Vous n'avez pas, You have not. lis* n'ont pas, They have not. (m.) Ellesf n'ont pas, They have not. (f.) NEGATIVELY A2TD INTERBOGATTVELY. N'ai-je pas ? Have I not ? N'as-tu pas ? Hast thou not ? iST'a-t-il pas ? Has he not ? X'a-t-elle pas ? Has she not ? N~'avons-nous pas ? Have we not ? N'avez-vous pas ? Have you not f IST'ont-ils* pas ? Have they not ? (m.) N'ont-ellesf pas ? Have they not f (f.) 4. Quelque chose, something, any tiling, is not used after ne with the meaning of not any thing / rien must be used. Yous n'avez rien apporte. You have not Drought any thing. Model Sentences. N'avez-vous pas mon cheval ° Have you not my horse f J'ai celui de votre associe. / have your partner's. Avez-vous quelque chose ? Have you any thing f Je n'ai rien. / have not any thing. N'avez- vous pas vu ma cravate ? Have you not seen my cravat ? Nous n'avons pas le bouquet. We have not the bouquet. Je n'ai jamais vu votre jardin. I have never seen your garden. N'a-t-elle pas ma clef? Has she not my hey f Elle n'a jamais vu votre clef. She has never seen your key. Nous n'avons pas votre rasoir. We have not your razor. * For the masculine. \ For the feminine. 56 FASQUELLE S IjNfttODlTCTOJRY Vocabulary. Bon, Good. Chasseur, m. Hunter. Chat, m. Cat. Chien, m. Dog. Chocolat, m. Chocolate. Collier, ra. Collar. Cuivre, m. Brass. Cuir, m. Leather. Dechire, Torn. Drap, m. Cloth. Enfant, m. Child. Put the article da, de la, Gouvernante, f. Governess. Joli, Pretty. Parent, m. Relation. Petit, Small, little. Pigeon, m. Pigeon. Qu', que, What, which. Repandu, Spilt. Robe, f. Press. The, m. Tea. Tue, Killed, Vu, Seen. de l\ before the above nouns. Exercise 31. 1 Qu'avez-vous ? 2 J'ai le bon chien de mon cousin.^ 3 A-t-il son collier cle cuivre ? 4 Xon, mon- sieur, il n'a pas son joli collier de cuivre. 5 Le chat n'a-t-il pas un collier de cuir ? 6 Le chat a un petit collier de drap. 7 Avez-vous la robe de cette dame ? 8 Je n'ai pas la robe de la dame. 9 Je n'ai pas celle de sa fille. 10 ]SP avez-vous pas dechire la mienne ? 11 Nous n'avons pas vu la votre. 12 Xous avons dechire la votre. 13 X'avez-vous pas vu mon parent ? 14 Je n'ai jamais vu votre bon parent. 15 Votre frere n'a-t-il pas tue le joli pigeon? 10 Mon frere n'a pas tue la pigeon. 17 Le chasseur a tue mon pigeon. 18 II n'a pas tue celui de votre soenr. 19 X'avons- nous pas repandu not re chocolat ? 20 Yous avcz r£- pandu le voire, le mien, et celui de votre gouvernante. french course. 57 Exercise 32, 1 Have you not my pretty dog ? 2 I have not. seen your dog, my child. 3 Have you seen my sister's good dog ? 4 I have not seen your sister's. 5 I have seen yours and your cousin's. 6 Have you any thing, my good child ? 7 1 have nothing, sir. 8 Has the gover- ness any thing ? 9 She has chocolate. 10 Has the child seen my garden ? 11 The child has never seen your garden. 12 Has he not seen my cousin's ? 13 He has not seen the hunter's garden./ 14 Have you not the doo-'s leather collar ? 15 We have the clod's brass collar. 16 What collar has the cat? 17 The cat has a pretty cloth collar. 18 Has the lady torn her dress? 19 The lady has not torn her dress. 20 What have you torn ? 21 I have torn nothing. 22 Has not the gover- ness seen my relation ? 23 She has not seen your re- lation. 24 What dog has the hunter killed? 25 He has killed your brother's. 26 You have not spilt my tea, you have spilt my sister's chocolate. LECOX XVIII. LESSOX XVIII. QUELQU'UX ; SOME BODY. PERSOXXE ; NOBODY. \ some body. : ~ , any body. 1. Quelqu'ux means \ ° some one. any one. 3* 58 fasquelle's introductory J'ai vu quelqu'un. / have seen somebody, Avez-vous rencontre quelqu'un? Have you met any body f I nobody. ^ , T , „ not any body. 2. jne — personne is used for i ° no one. not any one. 3. The first word, ne, is put before the verb, and the second, persoiine, after it.* Je n'ai vu personne. / have seen nobody. Je n'ai parle a personne. / have not spoken to any body. When there is no verb, ne is not used. Qui avez-vous vu ? Personne. Whom have you seen ? Nobody. 4. Qfelqu^un is not used after ne in the sense of not any one, not any person y personne must be used. Nous n'avons vu personne. We have not seen any one. 5. Ne, before the verb — que, after it ; only, but. Ne, before the verb— ni, repeated after it; neither, nor. Nous n'avons que le Sucre. We have only the sugar. Nous n'avons ni le cafe ni le We have neither the coffee nor sucre. the sugar. Model Sentences. Qu'avez-vous sur la table ? What have you on the tabic t Nous n'avons rien. We have nothing. * When personne is the subject, it comes before the ne. Per- sonne n'a raon livre, Nobody has my book. FRENCH COURSE, 59 Avez-vous bless e quelqu'un ? Nous n'avons blesse personne. Qui a ecrit une lettre a mon pere ? Personne. JSTavez-vous ecrit a personne ? Je n'ai que ce livre. Nous n'avons vu que notre cousin. Nous n'avons ni l'encre ni le papier. , Yous n'avez vu ni 1'homme ni la femme. Have you wounded any body f We have not wounded any one. Who has written a letter to my father ? No one. Nobody. Have you not written to any body? I have only that book. We have seen only our cousin. We have neither the ink nor the paper. You have seen neither the man nor the woman. Vocabulary. Achete, Bought. Apporte/ Brought. Aujourd'hui, To-day. Chambre, f. Boo?n. Chocolat, m. Chocolate. Commode, f. Bureau, drainers. Dame, f. Lady. Dans, In. Ean, f. Water. Ecrit, 'Written. Fromage, m. Cheese. Hier, Yesterday. Lettre, f. Lettre. Monsieur, m. Gentleman. Ou, Or. Page, f. Page. Pain, m. Bread. Parle, Spoken. m Poivre, m. Pepper. Poche, f. Pocket. Rien, Kothing. Sel, m. Salt. Temps, m. Time. Trouve, Found. Vinaigre, m. Vinegar. Put the adject ivos ce, cette, before the nouns. 60 pasquelle's introductory Exercise 33. 1 Avez-vous quelqu'un clans votre chambre ? 2 Je n'ai personne. 3 Mon frere n'a vu personne. 4 Qui a apporte clu pain ? o Personne. 6 Quelqu'un a-t-il parle a mon pere ? 7 Personne n'a parle a votre pere. 8 X'avez-vous vu qu'un monsieur? 9 Je n'ai vu qu'une dame. 10 Qu'avez-vous trouve dans votre poche ? 11 Je n'ai rien trouve dans la mienne. 12 Qu'avons- nous dans notre chapeau ? 13 Rien. 14 Xous n'avons rien. 15 Avez-vous l'eau ou le vinaigre ? 16 Je n'ai pas l'eau, j'ai le vinaigre. 17 Avons-nous le pain ou le fromage ? 18 Xous n'avons ni le pain ni le fromage. 19 X'avez-vous rien apporte aujourd'hui? 20 Xous n'avons rien apporte aujourd'hui, mais nous avons achete quelque chose hier. Exercise 34. 1 Has your brother any thing in his bureau ? 2 My brother has nothing in his bureau. 3 Has he seen any body to-day ? 4 He has only seen his brother. 5 Have you not seen your father ? 6 I have seen nobody to-day. 7 Has not your sister written her letter? 8 She has not had (the) time to write her letter. 9 She has written nothing. 10 Have you vinegar and water? 11 I have only water. 12 Has any one written a page ? 13 Xo one has written a page to-day. 14 lias any one spoken to my mother? I") Xo person has spoken to your mother. 10 Some- body has spoken to mine. 17 Have you the pepper or FRENCH COURSE. 61 the salt? 18 We have neither the pepper nor the salt. 19 We have only the chocolate. 20 Your sister has only chocolate. 21 What have we found in our bureau ? 22 We have found nothing in our bureau. 23 Have you found any one in the house ? 24 No- body. 25 Yesterday we (have) found nobody in the house, but to-day we (have) found somebody. LEQON XIX. LESSON XIX. PAS DE ; NO, NOT ANY. -r, I is used for no, not any. PoiXT DE j U Pas de soupe, No soup. Pas d'argent, No money. Je n'ai pas de creme, I have no cream. 2. The French do not put an article before a noun following ni in those cases where, in English, the word any may be put before that noun, without changing the meaning. II n'a ni ami ni ennemi, He has neither (any) friend nor (any) enemy. Vous n'avez ni maison ni jar- You have neither house nor gar- din, 'den. 3. Quel, before a masculine noun, ) TT _._ . , , ^ -. . » . . v Which, what. Quelle, before a feminine noun, j Quel journal avez-vous lu ? What journal have you readf Quelle fleur avons-nous ? Wliat jlower have we ? 62 FAS QUELL E'S INTRODUCTORY Model Sentences, La dame a-t-elle une voiture ? La dame n'a pas de voiture. Avons-nous dechire la mousse- line? Nous n'avons pas de mousse- line. Avez-vous apporte du fruit ? Je n'ai pas de fruit. J'ai de la salade. Je n'ai pas de salade. Avons-nous de l'huile et du vinaigre ? ; ^~ Yous n'avez ni huile ni vinaigre. Yous n'avez ni l'huile ni le vi- naigre. Quelle cuiller avons-nous ? Quel plat avez-vous casse ? Has the lady a carriage f The lady has no carriage. Have we torn the muslin t We have no muslin. Have you brought (any) fruit $ I have no fruit. I have (some) salad. I have not any salad. Have we oil and vinegar f You have neither (any) oil nor (any) vinegar. You have neither the oil nor the vinegar. Which or what spoon have you ? What dish have you broken t Vocabulary, Acier, m. Steel. Beau, Handsome. Bon, Good. . Cadeau, m. Present. Camarade, m. School-mate. Can if, m. Penknife. Casquette, f. Cap. Casse, Broken. Chapeau, m. Hat. Ecolier, m. Scholar. Enfant, m. Child. Fer, m. Iron. Fille, f. Daughter. Fils, m. Son. Grand, Large. Jardin, m. Garden. Montre, f. Watch. Oublie, Forgotten. Parl6, Spoken. Pauvre, Poor. FEENCH COURSE. 83 Perdu, Lost. Regu, Received. Petit, Small, little. Rien, Nothing. Plume, f. Pen. Tres, Very. Put the possessive adjectives, son, sa, before the above nouns. Exercise 35. 1 Avez-vous vu leur grand jardin ? 2 lis n'ont pas de grand jardin. 3 lis n'ont qu'un ties petit jardin. 4 N'avez-vous pas un beau chapeau ? 5 Je n'ai pas de chapeau, je n'ai qu'un e casquette. 6 Quelle montre avez-vous? 7 Je n'ai pas de montre. 8 Avez-vous parle de mon canif? 9 Je n'ai parle de rien. 10 Le niarechal a-t-il du fer ou de l'acier? 11 II n'a ni fer ni acier. 12 II n'a pas d'acier, ii a du fer. 13 Quel canif avez-vous casse ? 14 Je • n'ai pas casse de canif. 15 Avez-vous oublie votre cadeau ? 16 Je n'ai pas recu de cadeau. 17 La pauvre femme a-t-elle un bon fils ? 18 Cette pauvre femme n'a pas d'enfant. 19 Quelle plume avez-vous? 20 J'ai la mienne et celle de votre camarade. 21 Je n'ai ni la votre ni la leur, j'ai celle du bon ecolier. Exercise 36. 1 Has the poor woman a son or a daughter ? 2 The poor woman has no daughter. 3 She has only a son. 4 What tree have you in your small garden ? 5 I have no garden. 6 My sister has no tree in her large garden. 7 Have you spoken of my book ? 8 We have "i 64 fasqtjelle's introductory not spoken of any thing. 9 Has your brother forgotten his cap? 10 My brother has no cap, he has a hat. 11 Have you forgotten your pen ? 12 I have no pen. 13 Have you not a steel pen ? 14 1 have neither pen nor paper. 15 Has that poor woman's son lost his present? 16 That poor woman's son has received no present. 17 My school-mate has neither father nor mother. 18 Have you a brother or a sister? 19 I have neither brother nor sister. 20 Have we lost our handsome book? 21 We have no book. 22 Have you forgotten your watch ? 23 I have no watch, I have brought my brother's. 24 Have we the steel or the iron ? 25 We have neither the steel nor the iron. LEgON XX. LESSOX XX. AVOIR FADI, AVOIR SOIF ; TO BE HUNGRY, TO BE THIRSTY, ETC. 1. The French say: J'ai faim, II a soif, Vous avez chaud, Nous avons froid, lis ont peur, J'ai honte, Vous avez sommeil, II a raison, Elle a tort, I have hunger, He has thirst, You have warmth, We have cold, They have fear, I have shame, You have sleep, He has reason, Site lias iv ron g, for I am hungry. He is thirsty. You are warm. We are cold. TJiey are afraid. Lam asha You <■ He is right. She is ivrong. FRENCH COURSE. 65 2. The verb avoir is also used in the following sen- tences : i I have something. Something ails me. Something is the matter with me. iHave you any thing t Does any thing ail you f Is any thing the matter with you t f We have nothing. Nothing ails us. Nothing is the matter with us. Your brother has nothing. Nothing is the matter with your brother. Nothing ails your brother. Nous n'avons rien. Yotre frere n'a rien. Model Sentences. Avez-vous fairn ? Are you hungry f ISTon, monsieur, j'ai soif. No ) sir, I am thirsty. N'avez-vous pas cbaud ? Are you not warm t ISTon, madam e, j'ai bienfroid. No, madam, I am very cold. Avez-vous peur, mon petit ami? Are you afraid, my little friend? Oui, madame, j'aipeur du chien. Yes, madam, lam afraid of the dog. lam not afraid, I am sleepy. Of what are you ashamed ? lam neither afraid nor ashamed. Are you not wrong t Non, mademoiselle, j'ai raison. No, miss, I am rigid. Qu'avez-vous, monsieur ? What is the matter with you, sir ? Je n'ai rien, madame. Nothing is the matter with me, madam, 5 Je n'ai pas peur, j'ai sommeil. De quoi avez-vous honte ? Je n'ai ni peur ni honte. N'avez-vous pas tort ? $6 fasquelle's introductory Vocabulary. Animal, m. Animal. Aujourd'hui, To-day. Banquier, ra. Banker. Chien, m. Dog. Colombe, f. Dove. Conduite, f. Conduct. Dejeune, Breakfasted. Dormi, Slept. Fermier, m. Farmer. Gros, Large, big. - Joli, Pretty. Libraire, m. Bookseller. Marchand, m. Merchant. Nuit, f. Night. Ouvrier, m. Workman. Parceque, Because. Peintre, m. Painter. Petit, Little, small. Pourquoi, Why. Renard, m. Fox. Sellier, m. Saddler. Ties, Very. Put the article ait, a la, a V, before the nouns in the vocabulary. Exercise 37. 1 Avez-vous froid mon ami? 2 Non, monsieur, j'ai bien chaud. 3 Votre frere a-t-il faim ou soif? 4 Mon frere a dejeune, il n'a ni faim ni soif. 5 Xotre ami a-t-il honte de sa conduite ? 6 Ii n'a pas honte de sa conduite. 7 A-t-il honte de celle de son cousin ? 8 II a honte de la mienne et de la votre. 9 De quoi avez- vous peur ? 10 Nous avons peur du gros chien. 11 Notre marchand a-t-il raison ou tort ? 12 II a tort. 13 Avez-vous sommiel mon petit ami? 14 Oui, mon- sieur, j'ai bien sommiel, je n'ai pas dormi cette nuit. 15 Le banquier a-t-il quelque chose? 16 Le banquier a quelque chose, mais le fermier n'a rien. 17 Le FRENCH COURSE. 67 libraire a-t-il peur cle ce joli petit animal? 18 Avez- vous peur ou bonte ? 19 Je n'ai ni peur ni honte. 20 Le sellier a-t-il raison ou tort ? 21 Le sellier a raison, inais l'ouvrier a tort. Exercise 3S. 1 Are you afraid of that dove ? 2 I am not afraid of the dove, I am afraid of tbe fox. 3 Is your painter sleepy ? 4 Why is be sleepy ? 5 Because be bas not slept to-day. 6 Of what are you ashamed? 7 I am not ashamed, sir, I am afraid. 8 Why are you hungry, my child ? 9 I am hungry, sir, because I have not breakfasted. 10 What is the matter with the banker ? 11 Nothing ails him. 12 Is any thing the matter with that dog? 13 Something is the matter with him. 14 Is the merchant right or wrong? 15 The mer- chant is right, but tbe banker is wrong. 16 Are you not afraid of that large doo; ? 17 We are afraid of the little fox. 18 My sister is afraid of that pretty little animal. 19 Are you afraid or ashamed? 20 I am neither afraid nor ashamed. 21 Is your sister right or wrong ? 22 My sister is right, she is not wrong. 23 Is any thing the matter with the saddler ? 24 Noth- ing ails him, but something is the matter with the bookseller. 25 Nothing is the matter with me. 68 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY LEQON XXI, LESSON XXI. £tre : TO BE. 1. Present of the Indicative. AFFIRMATIVELY. Je snis, I am. Tu es, Thou art. II est, lie is. Elle est, She is. Nous sommes, We are. Vous etes, You are. lis sont, (m.) They are. Elles sont, (f.) TAey «re. INTERROGATIVELY. Suis-je ? Es-tu ? Est-il ? Est-elle ? Sornmes-nous ? Etes-vous ? Sont-ils ? (m.) Am I? Art thou . Is he f Is she ? Are toe ? Are you J Are they , Sont-elles ? (f.) Are they ? NEGATIVELY. Je ne suis pas, Tu n'es pas, II n'est pas, Elle n'est j)as, Nous ne sommes pas, Vous n'etes pas, lis ne sont pas, (?n.) Elles no sont pas, (f.) I am not. Thou art not. lie is ndt. She is not. IVe are not. You are ?wt. They are not. They are not. NEGATIVELY AND INTERROGATIVELY. Ne suis-je pas ? N'es-tu pas ? N'est-il pas ? N'est-elle pas? Am I not? Art thou not ? Is he not f Is she not f FRENCH COURSE. 69 Ne somrnes-nous pas ? Are we not ? N'etes-vous pas ? Are you not ? ~Ne sont-ils pas ? (m.) Are they not ? Xe sont-elles pas ? (f) Are they not ? 3. In a question beginning with ou, where, the words may be arranged as in English, or according to Rule 1, Lesson 13. On est mon mouchoir ? Where is my handkerchief? Mon mouchoir ou est-ii ? Where is my handkerchief? Model Sentences. Ou est notre jardiuier ? Where is our gardener t II est dans votre jardin. He is in your garden. Oa avez-vous laisse mon pere Where have you left my father et ma mere ? and {my) mother f lis sont dans la cour. They are in the yard. lis ne sont pas ici. Tliey are not here. Ma mere et ma cousine sont- Are my mother and (my) cousin elles ici ? here f Elles sont dans la chambre de Tliey are in my sister s room. ma sceur. Oa etes-vous, mon ami ? Where are you, my friend? Je suis dans la bibliotheque. I am in the library. Votie cheval ou est-il ? Where is your horse f II est dans le champ. He is in the field. « Vocabulary./ A, At, in. Banc, m. Bench. Attentifl Attentive. Bibliotheque, f. Library. 70 fasquelle's introductory Bien, Well. Jamais, Never, ever. Biscuit, m. Biscuit. Laisse, Left. Bureau, m. Office. Messieurs, Gentlemen. Content, Pleased, con- Mis, Put. tented. Mo u cb oir, m. Handkerch ief. CoYdLonx\\ev,m. Shoemaker. Office, f. Pantry, buttery. Done, Then. Ou, Where. Encore, Yet. Pourquoi, Why. Fatigue, Tired. Sur, On, upon. Gant, m. Glove. Tiroir, m. Drawer. Ici, Here. Tres, Very. Put the article le, la, V, before the nouns. Exercise 39. 1 Votre frere est-il ici ? 2 Non, mademoiselle, il n'est pas ici. 3 Ou est-il ? 4 II est a son bureau ou au mien. 5 Ou avez-vous mis votre gant? 6 Mon gant est dans le tiroir. 7 Ou est mon cordonnier ? 8 Votre cordonnier est a New York, et le mien est a Boston. 9 Pourquoi n'etes-vous pas attentif, mon enfant? 10 Je suis fatigue, monsieur. 11 Avez-vous apporte du pain et du biscuit? 12 Le pain et le bis- cuit sont dans l'office. 13 Les dames ne sont-elles pas ici? 14 Elles ne sont pas encore ici. 15 Ne sommes- nous }>as bien ici? 16 Oui, messieurs, vous etes ties bien ici. 17 Le petit garcon est-il content ? 18 Non, monsieur, il n'est jamais content. 19 Ou est done mon mouchoir ? 20 Vous avez laisse votre mouchoir sur le banc dans le jardin. french course. 71 Exercise 40. 1 Where is the bread ? 2 It is in the pantry. 3 Where are my friend and yours ? 4 My friend is in the garden, and yours is in the library. 5 Is not your mother here ? 6 No, sir, my father and (my) mother are in (a) New York. 7 Why is not the little boy here ? 8 The little boy is tired. 9 Why is he not attentive? 10 He is never attentive, sir. 11 Is my handkerchief in 'the office? 12 You have left your handkerchief on the table in the office. 13 My hand- kerchief is in the pantry. 14 Is the bread in the pantry? 15 The bread and butter are in the pantry. 16 Is the biscuit in the drawer ? 17 The biscuit is not in the drawer, it is on the bench. 18 Is not your father in his office? 19 My father and (my) brother are in the office. 20 Where are my father and {my) mother? 21 They are in the library. 22 Is your shoemaker tired ? 23 Yes, gentlemen, my shoemaker is very tired. 24 Are your brother and (your) sister here ? 25 No, sir, my brother and (my) sister are never here. LEQON XXII. LESSON XXII. FEMININE FORM OF ADJECTIVES. 1. The adjective does not change in English, but in French it takes the gender and number of the noun to which it belongs. 12 fasquelle's intkoductoet 2. An adjective belonging to a feminine noun, takes the feminine form by adding e. Le petit garqon, La petite fille, The little boy. The little girl. Le gargon est petit, La fille est petite, TJie boy is small. TJie girl is small. 3. An adjective ending in e without an accent, is not changed for the feminine ; Le pauvre homme, TJie poor man. L'homme est pauvre, The man is poor. La pauvre femme, The poor woman. La femme est pauvre, The woman is poor. 4. Adjectives ending in/*, change f into v, and add e for the feminine : Le gargon est act if, The boy is active. La fille est active, The girl is active. 5. Those ending in #, change x into s, and add 6 also. Cet homme est heureux, Cette femme est heureuse, That man is happy. That icoman is happy. Model Sentences. Avez-vous une petite pomme ? Have you a small apple f Ma pomme est tres petite. My apple is very small. Notre maison est grancle. Our house is large. Nousavonsunc graride maison. We hare a large house. Cet ecolier est diligent. TJiat scholar is diligent. Notre sceur.est diligente. Our sister is diligent. FRENCH COURSE. 13 Le soldat est fort timide. Sa femme est fort timide aussi. Le lion n'est pas craintif. La colombe est bien craintive. Cette demoiselle est-elle peu- reuse ? L' ecolier n'est pas peureux. The soldier is very timid. His wife is very timid also. Tlie lion is not timorous. The dove is very timorous. Is that young lady fearful t Tlie scholar is not fearful. Vocabulary. Attentif, Attentive. Blanchisseuse, f. 'Washer- woman. Botte, f. Boot. Douteux, Doubtful. Ecolier, m. Scholar. E cohere, f. Scholar. Epouse, f. Wife. Industrieux, Industrious. Jeune, Young. Mari, m. Husband. Nappe, f. Table-cloth. Xouvelle, f. News. Paresseux, Idle, lazy. Pensif, Thoughtful. Peureux, Fearful. Rencontre, Met. Soulier, m. Shoe. Sur, Sure, certain. Table, f. Table. Timide, Timid. Yache, f. Cow. Give tbe above nouns with notre, our ; voire, your ; leur, their ; before them. Exercise 41. 1 Avez-vous une grand e table? 2 Nous avons une petite table et une grande nappe. 3 Avez-vous rencon- tre le jeune ecolier? 4 Nous avons rencontre la jeune ecoliere. 5 Votre petite fille est-elle attentive ? C Mon 4 74 fasquelle's introductory petit garqon est tres attentif. 7 Ma petite iille n'est pas attentive. 8 La blanchisseuse est-elle industrieuse ? 9 Elle est tres industrieuse, mais son mari est paresseux. 10 Cette nouvelle est-elle sure? 11 Non, monsieur, elle est douteuse: 12 Votre cousin est-il pensif? 13 Mon cousin n'est pas pensif, mais son epouse est pensive*. 14 Votre Soulier est-il neuf? 15 Mon Soulier n'est pas neuf, mais ma botte est neuve. 16 Avez-vous peur de cette petite vache ? 17 La vache n'est pas petite, monsieur. 18 L'ecoliere n'est-elle pas peureuse? 19 Elle est peureuse et elle a tort. 20 Elle a tort d'avoir peur de la vache. Exercise 42. 1 Is your little girl timid ? 2 My little girl is not timid, but my little boy is very timid. 3 Is the young scholar here? 4 The young scholar is here, and his sister is in her room. 5 Is your little girl industrious? 6 My little girl is very industrious. 7 Is your mother's washerwoman idle ? 8 She is not idle, she is very in- dustrious. 9 Is she not right? 10 Yes, sir, she is right. 11 Is your brother's boot new? 12 My brother's shoe is new, but his boot is not new. 13 My sister's dress is new. 14 Has your brother a very largo table ? 15 My brother has a very large table. 16 Is not that news certain? 17 No, sir, that news is not certain, it is very doubtful. 18 Is your scholar (/'.) fearful? 19 No, sir, she is not fearful 20 Is she afraid of my dog? 21 No, sir, she is not afraid of FRENCH COURSE. 75 your dog. 22 Is your sister's husband idle ? 23 No, sir, my sister's husband is industrious. 24 Is your cousin's wife thoughtful ? 25 My cousin's wife is thoughtful, but my cousin is not thoughtful. LEgOX XXIII. LESSOX XXIII. IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 1. Adjectives having the following terminations, double the last consonant and add e for the feminine: MASCULINE. FEMININE. EL, Te', Telle, Such. EIL, Pareil, • Pareille, Like. EX, Chretien, Chretienne, Christian ET, Muet, Muette, Mute. ox, Bon, Bonne, Good. 2. The feminine form of the following adjectives is more irregular still : Blanc, White, makes hi the feminine, Blanche. Doux, Sweet, soft f Faux, False, Frais, Fresh , FrariCj Frank, Gras, Fat, Gros, Large, big, Long, Long, Sec, L)ry, u Douce. Fausse. Fraiche. Franche. Grasse. Grosse. Longue. Soche. 76 fasquelle's introductory 3. The following adjectives have three terminations MASCULINE Before a conso- Before a vowel, nant. or silent h. feminine. Beau, Bel, Belle, Handsome, beautiful. Fou, Fol, Folle, Foolish. Mou, Mol, Molle, Soft. Nouveau, Nouvel, Nouvelle, New. Vieux, VieiJ, Vieille, Old. Model Sentences. Ma cousine a une belle robe. My cousin has a handsome dress. Yotre eravate n'est pas seche. Your cravat is not dry. Vous avez une tres bonne You have a very good pen. plume. II a une mauvaise pomme. He has a had apple. Sa pomme est tres mauvaise. His apple is very had. Cette mauvaise poire est grosse. TJiat had pear is large. Cette grosse poire est mauvaise. That large pear is had. Son cousin a un bel habit. His cousin has a handsome coat. Son habit est tres beau. His coat is very handsome. Cette petite fille est muette. TJiat little girl is clumh. La belle dame est petite.- The handsome lady is small. Cette bonne nouvelle estfausse. TJiat good news is false. Vocabulary. Abricot, m. Apricot. Dentelle, f. Lace. Cerise, f. Cherry. Doux, Sweet, mild. Chatnbre, f. Room. Frais, Fresh. Court, Short. Fraise, f. Strawberry. Cueilli, Picked, Gathered. Framboise, f. llaspberry. Dans, la Long, Long. FSENCH COUESE, 77 Mange, Eaten. Poire, f. Pear. Mort, Dead. Pomme, f. Apple. Mouille, Wet. Sec, Dry. Muet, Mute. Sar, Sour. Noir, Black. Voix, f. Voice. Peche, f. Peach. Vu, Seen. Give the nouns in the vocabulary with C6, cet, cette, before them. Exercise 43. 1 La robe de ma cousine est-elle trop longue ? 2 Non, monsieur, elle n'est pas trop longue. 3 Elle est trop courte. 4 Cette dentelle est-elle seche ? 5 Non, mademoiselle, elle est encore mouiliee. 6 Ce bel arbre est il mort ? 7 Non, madame, ce bel arbre n'est pas mort. 8 N'est-il pas tres beau ? 9 Oui, mon cher monsieur, cet arbre est beau et grand. 10 Qu'avez- vous cueilli dans votre grand jardin ? 11 Nous avons cueilli une grosse cerise. 12 Mon frere a cueilli une grosse fraise et une petite framboise. 13 Avez-vous apporte une bonne cerise ? 14 J'ai apporte une petite cerise. 15 Cette cerise est blanche et votre cerise est noire. 16 N'avez-vous pas mange le bel abricot ? 17 Le bel abricot est sur la petite table. 18 A qui avez-vous donne la belle peche? 19 J'ai donne la mauvaise peche au petit garfon. 20 Cette pomme est- elle douce? 21 Non, monsieur, elle est ties sure. 22 Mon frere a an bel habit. 23 La cravate est blanche. 24 Ma soeur a une robe blanche. 25 Cette eau est fraiche. 26 Ce poisson n'est pas frais. 78 fasquelle's introductory Exercise 44. 1 Have you a large apple ? 2 No, sir, I have a small apple. 3 Is that peach sweet ? 4 Yes, sir, it is very sweet. 5 This strawberry is sour, it is not sweet. 6 Is your sister's lace white ? 7 No, madam, her lace is not white, it is black. 8 Where is the fine apricot ? 9 It is on the table in your mother's room. 10 Is that young lady mute ? 11 She is not mute. 12 Her voice is very sweet. 13 Is not that lady's dress, too long? 14 No, miss, her dress is not too long, it is too short. 15 Is that good news false ? 16 The bad news is false. 17 Have you picked a fine apple? 18 This apple is fine, but it is very sour. 19 Have you seen my cousin's handsome coat ? 20 I have not seen his handsome coat, I have seen his old cravat. 21 Have you fresh water ? 22 This water is good, bat it is not fresh. 23 Is this pear good or bad? 24 It is very large, but it is not good. 25 Your cravat is wet, and mine is dry. LEQON XXIV. LESSON XXIV PLACE OF TII.7J ^J>JECTIVE. 1. The adjective, in Yv^/Jj t commonly follow? the noun : Un chapeau noir, A Hack hat. Une robe blanche, A white dress. De l'eau fraichc, JfiVcsh water. FRENCH COURSE. 79 2. The following adjectives, however, are generally put before the noun : Beau, Handsome, fine. Bon, Good. Brave, Worthy. Cher, Dear. Grand, Large, great. Gros, Large, big. Jeune, Young. Joli, Pretty. Mauvais, Bad. Meilleur, Better. Petit, Small, little. Vieux, Old. Model Sentences. Ma sceur a une rose blanche. Yous avez apporte une pomme douce. Nous avonsvule brave homme. Avez-vous apporte une tulipe rouge ? Ma sceur a une tulipe bleue. II a ecrit sur du papier jaune. Ce jeune homme a tort. La grosse peche est mure. Cette grande maison est belle. Cette belle maison a une petite cour. My sister has a white rose. You have Drought a sweet apph. We have seen the worthy man. Have you brought a red tulip f My sister has a blue tulip). He has written on yellow paper \ TJiat young man is ivrong. Tiie large peach is ripe. TJiat large house is beautiful. That beautiful house has a small • yard. Vocabulary. Amusant, Amusing, enter- Conduite, f. Conduct. taining. Cour, f. Yard. Bleu, Blue. Cueilli, Picked, gathered. Chien, m. Bog. Eau, f. Water. Commode, Convenient. Indienne, f. Print. 80 FASQUELLE's INT P. ODUCDPvY Jardin, m. Garden. Rouge, Red. Mftr, Ripe. Satin, m. Sat hi. Xouveau, New. Soie, f. Silk. Peche, f. Peach. Toile, f. Linen. Pomrae, f. Apple. Tulipe, f. Tulip. Prune, f. Plum. Vache, f. Cow. Rose, f. Rose. Vert, Green. Give the nouns with le, la, l\ before them. Exercise 45. 1 Avez-vous peur de cette petite vache ? 2 Xous avons peur de la grosse vache. 3 Votre fiere a-t-il honte de sa conduite ? 4 II a honte de sa mauvaise conduite. 5 Ou avez-vous cueilli cette tulipe ? 6 J'ai cueilli la belle tulipe rouge dans votre grand jardin. 7 Ce petit enfant a-t-il tort ? 8 La petite tille a peur du gros chien. 9 La belle demoiselle a raison. 10 Xous avons cueilli une rose jaune. 11 La belle prune est- elle mure? 12 La petite peche est mure. 13 Avez- .vous de Teau fraiche? 14 Xous avons de l'eau, mais elle n'est pas fraiche. 15 Votre grande maison est belle et commode. 1G Avez-vous de la toile blanche? 17 Xous avons de la toile blanche et de l'indienne blcue. 18 Ce vieux livre est-il amusant ? 19 Le livre nouveau n^est pas amusant. 20 Mon frere est dans la petite cour. Exercise 46. 1 Are you afraid of the large dog? 2 Xo, sir, I am not afraid of the large dog, I am afraid of the red cow. FRENCH COURSE. 81 3 Is the beautiful peach ripe ? 4 The beautiful yellow peach is ripe. 5 The small green apple is not ripe. 6 Where have you picked the beautiful rose ? 7 In your small garden, sir. 8 Is the little young lady wrong? 9 The handsome young lady is right. 10 Is your little sister ashamed? 11 My little sister is ashamed of her bad conduct. 12 Have you blue print? 13 We have no blue print, we have blue silk and blue satin. 14 Have you fresh water? 15 We have no fresh water, sir. 16 The water is not fresh. 17 Is your large house convenient ? 18 Our beautiful house is not convenient. 19 Have you white linen, sir ? 20 We have no white linen, madam. 21 Is that new book amusing ? 22 That old book is amusing. 23 Have you a handsome yellow tulip? 24 I have no yellow tulip, I have a red tulip. 25 Is that blue plum ripe? 26 The blue plum is not ripe, the green plum is ripe. LEQON XXV. LESSON XXV. THE PLURAL. 1. The general way of making a noun plural is, in French, as in English, by adding s to the singular. 2. A noun ending with s, x, or z, is not changed for the plural. 3. Les, the, is always the plural of le, la, or l\ and is placed before masculine or feminine nouns. 6 82 fasquelle's inteoductoet La maison, the house. Le frere, the brother. La sceur, the sister. Le bas, the stocking. La voix, the voice. Les maisons, the houses. Les fie res, the brothers. Les scours, the sisters. Les bas, the stockings. Les voix, the voices. Model Sentences. Avez-vous les poires du jar- dinier ? J'ai les pommes de la dame. Les cliarpentiers sont-ils ici ? Les menuisiers sont dans la maison. Les dames ont-elles raison ? Les demoiselles ont tort. Les soeurs de mon ami ont-elles faim ? Elies ri ont pas faim, elles-ont soif. Oil sont les habits de mon frere ? lis sont dans ma chambre. Oa avez-vous plante les arbres ? Dans les champs de rfton frere. Have you the gardener's pears f I have the ladys apples. Are the carpenters here f The joiners are in the house. Are the ladies right ? The young ladies are wrong. Are my friend's sisters hungry f TJiey are not hungry, they are thirsty. Where are my brothers coats ? They are in my room. Wherehave you plantedthe trees f In my brother s fields. Vocabulary. Bibliotheque, f. Library. Fermier, m. Farmer. Chambre, f. Room. Fil, m. Thread. Champ, m. Field. Gouvernante, f. Governess^ Cousine, f. Cousin. Habit, m. Coat, Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Ici, I Lie. Drap, m. Cloth. Lettrc, f. Letter. FRENCH COUESE, 83 Magasin, m. Store. Oublie, Forgotten. Messieurs, in. Gentlemen. Ouvrier, m. Workman. Mis, Pat. Tailleur, m. Tailor. Modiste, f. Jfilliner. Velours, m. Velvet. Monsieur, m. Gentleman. Vert, Green. Mousseline, f. Muslin. Yu, Seen. Give the nouns in the vocabulary with the plural article les. Exercise 47. 1 Les ouvriers du tailleur sont-ils ici ? 2 Us ont oublie les habits de nion frere. 3 Les modistes sont- elles dans les mao-asins ? 4 Eiles sont dans les mao-a- sins. 5 Cette dame a-t-eile les livres de notre biblio- theque? 6 Elle a les livres de la votre. V Ou avez- vous mis les lettres ? 8 Dans la chambre de votre cousine. 9 Les soeurs de ce monsieur sont-elles ici? 10 Non, monsieur, elles ne sont pas ici. 11 Ou sont- elles ? 12 Elles sont dans la chambre de leur gouver- nante. 13 *Les demoiselles ont-elles froid ? 14 Les messieurs ont froid. 15 Les demoiselles n'ont-elles pas tort? 16 Les petites filles ont tort et honte. 17 Les tailleurs ont du fil, de la soie, du drap et de la toile. 18 Les modistes ont du velours, mais elles n'ont pas de drap. 19 Les marchands ont de bon drap de belle mousseline et de la soie verte. Exercise 48. 1 Have the ladies good velvet ? 2 The tailor's workmen have good velvet. 3 Have you seen the 84 fasquelle's introductory tailor's sisters ? 4 I have seen the lady's sisters, where are they ? 5 They are in my brother's fields. 6 Have the ladies black silk ? 7 -They have no black silk, they have green silk. 8 Are the ladies cold? 9 The ladies are not cold, they are warm. 10 Are the farmers right or wrong? 11 The farmers are right, they are not wrong. 12 Where are the young ladies? 13 Are they not in their governess's room? 14 Xo, madam, they are not in her room. 15 Have the mer- chants handsome muslin ? 16 They have no muslin. 17 What have they? 18 They have good cloth, good thread, and good velvet. 19 Have you a handsome library? 20 No, sir, we have no library. 21 The books of your library are her<\ 22 Are the gentlemen cold ? 23 No, sir, the gentlemen are not cold, they are warm. 24 Where has your brother put the letter ? 25 He has put the letters in his room. LEQON XXVI. LESSON -XXVI. THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. 1. Nouns ending with au and eu, take x for the plural. Le marteau, the hammer. Lesmarteaux, the hammers. Le chapeau, the hat. Leschapeaux, the hats. Le neveu, the nephew. Les neveux, the nepheics. Le feu, the fire. Les feux, the fires. 2. Nouns ending in aZ, generally form their plural in aux. FRENCH COURSE. 85 Le marechal, the black- Les rnarechaux, the black- smith, smiths. Le capital, the capital. Les capitaux, the capitals. 3. Bijou, caillou, chou, genou, hibou,joujou, take a for the plural. Le bijou, the jewel. Les bijoux, the jewels. Le joujou, the plaything. Les joujoux, the playthings. 4. Travail makes travaux, ciel makes cieux, and ceil makes yeux for the plural. Le travail, the work, Les travaux, the works. Le ciel, the heaven. Les cieux, the heavens. L'ceil, the eye. Les yeux, the eyes. For further rules and exceptions, see " Larger Course," pp. 47, 286 and 287. 5. Des, of the, some, is the plural of da, cle la, de l\ Aux, at the, to the, is the plural of au, a la, a l\ They are placed before masculine or feminine nouns. Des livres, {some) books. Aux livres, to the books. Des amis, of the friends. Aux amis, to the friends. Des dames, (some) ladies. Aux dames, to the ladies. t Z3F* De les, a les, are never used. Model Sentences. Les dames ont-elles des cha- Have the ladies silk hats t peaux de soie ? Elles ont des manteaux de Tliey have velvet cloalcs. velours. Avez-vous des bijoux d'or ? Have you gold jewels ? Nous avons des joujoux de bois. We have wooden play-things. 86 FASQIELLE S INTRODUCTORY Les neveux ne sont pas ici. The nephews are not here. J'ai vu les yeux de la dame. I have seen the ladys eyes. Les freres des marechaux sont The blacksmiths' brothers are ici. here. Vous avez casse les manches You have broken the hammer- des marteaux. handles. Avez-vous apporte des mar- Have you brought wooden ham- teaux de bois ? mers f J'ai parle aux freres des dames. I have spoken to the ladies 1 brothers. Vocabulary. Arsenal, m. Arsenal. Jete, Thrown. Beau, bel, Fine, hand- Joujou, m. Plaything. some. Bijou, m. Jewel. Caillou, ra. Pebble, stone. Castor, m. Beaver. Chambre, f. Room. Ciseaux, m. Scissors. Chapelier, m. Hatter. Donne, Given. Fait, Made. Garcon, m. Boy. General, m. General. Hopital, ra. Ilospitcd. Manteau, m. Cloak. Marechal, ra. Blacksmith. Marte.au, m. Hammer. Neveu, m. Nephew. CEil, ra. Eye. On, Where. Oublie, Forgotten. Parle, Spoken. Porte, Worn. Qui, Who. Vu, Seen. Yeux, m. Eyes. Give the above nQuns preceded by des (some, any). Exercise 49. 1 Les tailleurs ont-ils des manteau x de soie ? 2 lis ont les manteaux des mar6chaux. 3 Avez-vous parle F K E X C II COUESE. 87 aux neveux des generaux ? 4 J'ai parle aux nieces des chapeliers. 5 Le chapelier a-t-il fait des chapeaux de soie ? 6 II a fait des chapeaux de soie et des cha- peaux de castor. 7 Les bijoux des dames sont-ils ici ? 8 Les bijoux et les joujoux sont ici. 9 A qui avez- vous donne les marteaux ? 10 Nous avons donne les marteaux aux marechaux. 11 Avez-vous jete des cailloux ? 12 Xous avons jete des cailloux. 13 Avez- vous vu les neveux des generaux ? 1-4 J'ai vu les generaux. 15 Les dames ont-elles oublie les ciseaux? 16 Elles ont donne les ciseaux aux tailleurs. 17 Avez- vous vu les hopitaux ? 18 Xous avons vu an hopital et un arsenal. 19 Mon frere a vu des hopitaux et des arsenaux. 20 New York a un bel arsenal. Exercise 50. 1 Have we seen the tailor's cloaks ? 2 We have seen the cloaks. 3 Have the blacksmiths worn silk hats ? 4 They have worn beaver hats. 5 Have the generals seen the hospitals ? 6 They have seen the hospitals. 7 To whom have you spoken ? 8 We have spoken to the generals. 9 Have you not spoken to the ladies ? 10 We have not spoken to the ladies. 11 To whom have you given the playthings? 12 We have given the playthings and the jewels to the ladies. 13 Have the ladies' nephews thrown the pebbles? 14 They have thrown the pebbles. 15 Where have you seen the ladies' scissors? 16 In their (leurs) nephews' rooms. 17 Has your brother seen the hos- pitals? 18 He has seen the hospitals and the arsenals. *38 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 19 Have you not seen the children's eyes? 20 I have not seen the boy's eyes. 21 Where are the general's nephews? 22 Has the tailor made silk cloaks? 23 He has made cloth cloaks. 24 The hatter has made beaver hats. 25 My brother has not seen the hospital. LEgON XXVII. LESSON XXVII. THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. 1. We have seen, Lesson 22, that the adjective is put in the same gender and number as the noun to which it belongs ; an adjective belonging to a plural noun must therefore be put in the plural. 2. All feminine adjectives add s for the plural. SINGULAR. PLURAL. La belle dame. Les belles dames. The handsome lady. The handsome ladles. La robe noire. Les robes noires. The black dress. The black dresses. 3. Masculine adjectives ending with 5 or a*, are not changed for the plural. SINGULAR. PLURAL. TJn mauvais livre. Deux mauvais livres. A bad book. Ttco bad books. Un homme heureux. Des honimes heureux. A happy man. Happy men. FRENCH COURSE. 89 4. Other masculine adjectives (not ending with eau and at) take s for the plural. Le grand arbre. The large tree, Le jardin est petit. The garden is small. PLURAL. Les grands arbres. The large trees. Les jar dins sont petits. The gardens are small. Model Sentences. Avez-vous cueilli les belles Have you gathered the beautiful noisettes ? hazel-nuts f J'ai cueilli les gros abricots. I have picked the large apricots. Yotre sceur a les bonnes ai- Your sister has the good needles. guilles. Les enveloppes sont-elles trop Are the envelopes too small? petites ? Eiles sont trop etroites. They are too narrow. Avez-vous mange les mauvaises Have you eaten the bad apples f pommes? Les pommes ne sont pas mau- The apples are not bad. vaises. Les petites filles sont-elles heu- Are the little girls happy f reuses ? Elles sont tres malheureuses. They are very unhappy. Les enfants sont toujours heu- The children are always happy. reux. Les cerises sont-elles m fires ? Are the cherries ripe f Avez-vous vu les jolies tour- Have you seen the pretty doves ? terelles ? Vocabulary. Apporte, Brought. Blanc, White. Attentif, Attentive. Botte,/*. Boot. 90 fasquelle's introductory Cordonnier, m. Shoemaker* Neuf, New. Decline, Tom. Petit, /Small, little. Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Poire, f. Pear. Excellent, Excellent. Pomme, f. Apple. Enveloppe, f. Envelope. Soulier, m. Shoe. Joli, Pretty. Studieux, Studious. Lecon, f. Pesson. Tiroir, m. Drawer. Mange, Eaten. Toujours, Always. Mauvais, Pad, poor. Tourterelle, f. Turtle-dove. Miir, Pupe. Ties, Very. Give the nouns with mow, ma, before them. Exercise 51. 1 Les petites filles sont-elles jolies ? 2 Elles ne sont pas tres jolies. 3 Les jolies demoiselles sont stiulieuses. 4 Sont-elles attentives a leurs leqons ? 5 Elles sont toujours attentives. 6 Avez-vous vu mes belles tour- terelles ? 7 J'ai vu les tourterelles blanches de votre soeur. 8 Ou sont les petites enveloppes ? 9 Dans les petits tiroirs de la table. 10 Ou avez-vous mis (put) les bottes neuves ? 11 Les bottes neuves sont dans votre charabre. 12 Le cordonnier a-t-il apporte les souliers neufs ? 13 II a apporte les souliers neufs. 14 Les poires sont-elles mauvaises ? 15 Les poires sont excellentes. 16 Avez-vous dec-hire les belles enve- loppes ? 17 Jc n'ai pas dechire les belles enveloppes. 18 Avez-vous mange les bonnes pommes ou Irs mau- vaises? 10 J'ai mange les mauvaises pommes. FRENCH COURSE. 91 Exercise 52. 1 Are the apples good ? 2 The apples are not very good. 3 They are not yet {encore) ripe. 4 Have you seen my brother's pretty turtle-doves ? 5 We have seen your pretty cousin's white turtle-doves. 6 Are those young ladies pretty ? 7 They are very pretty. 8 Are they not very studious ? 9 They are very stu- dious and very happy. 10 Where have you put the ripe pears? 11 In my mother's room. 12 Have you eaten the good pears? 13 I have eaten the ripe pears. 14 Are the pears very good, sir? 15 They are not very ripe. 16 Why (pourquoi) have you not eaten the large apples? 17 They are not good, sir. 18 Why have you torn the small envelopes ? 19 They were (etaient) too (trop) small, madam. 20 Where are the new shoes? 21 They are in your room. 22 Has the shoe- maker brought the new boots? 23 He has brought the new boots and the new shoes. 24 Are the turtle-doves very white ? 25 They are very white and very beautiful. LEgOX XXVIII. LESSOX XXVIII. THE PLURAL, C0XTINUED. 1. Adjectives ending with eaa, add x for the plural masculine. 6IXGULA/R. PLURAL. Le livre nouveau. Les livres nouveaux. The new book. The new books. Le beau cheval. Les beaux chevaux. The beautiful horse. The beautiful horses. 02 fasquelle's introductory 2. Many adjectives ending with a/, take aux for the plural masculine. Un officier general. Des officiers generaux. A general officer. General officers. 3. An adjective belonging to two or more singular nouns is put in the plural. La rose et la peche sont The rose and peach are belles, beautiful. Le cheval et le chien sont The horse and dog are noirs, black. 4. Should an adjective belong to a masculine noun and to one or more feminine nouns, it must be put in the masculine plural. Le gargon et la fille sont The boy and girl are good. bons, Le chat et la vache sont The cat and the cow are blancs, white. 5. De is put instead of des (some, any) before a plural noun preceded by an adjective. Votre soeur a de bons Your sister has good boohs. livres, 6. De is also put instead of des before a plural noun, after a negative verb. II n'a pas de cerises, He has no cherries. Model Sentences. Ou sont les beaux habits ? Where are the beautiful, clothes ? Vous n'avez pas de beaux habits. You have no beautiful clothes. FRENCH COURSE, 93 Nous n'avons pas de chevaux. Le gar 9 on et la fille sont at- tentifs. Les pommes sont-elles bonnes ? Les prunes et les cerises sont blanches. La peche et la prune sont jaunes. Le tailleur et la modiste sont adroits. Le chien et la vache sont noirs. Le garcon et la fille sont stu- dieux. We have no horses. The boy and girl are attentive. Are the apples good t The plums and cherries are white. Tlie peach and plum are yellow. Tlie tailor and milliner are skil- ful. The dog and cow are black. Tlie bog and girl are studious. Vocabulary. Apporte, Brought. Blanc, White. Cerisier, m. Cherry-tree. Certainement, Certainly. Chevre, f. Goat. Excellent, Excellent. General, General. Ileureux, Happy. Ici, Here. Industrieux, Industrious. Jaime, Yellow. Malheureux, Unhappy. March and, m. Merchant. Modiste, f. Milliner. Mouton, ra. Sheep. Noir, Black. Nouveau, New. Officier, m. Officer. Peche, f. Peach. Pommier, m. Apple-tree. Rouge, Red. Rose, f. Rose. Vache, f. Cow. Verger, m. Orchard. Put the article le, la, l\ before the nouns in the vocabulary. 94 fasquelle's introductory Exercise 53. 1 Ma sceur a apporte les livrea nouveaux. 2 Eile a des livres excellents. 3 Elle a de beaux cerisiers. 4 Elle n'a pas de pomuriers. 5 Les officiers gen6raux sont-ilsici? 6 Les beaux clievaux sont noirs. 7 Les enfants sont-ils heureux? 8 Les petites filles ne sont pas heureuses. 9 Les petits gallons sont tres nial- heureux. 10 Les petits garqons et les petites filles sont tres heureux. 11 Votre belle chevre est-elle blanche? 12 Ma chevre et mon mouton sont blancs. 13 Les moutons de mon cousin sont-ils beaux ? 14 Ses vaches et' ses moutons sont tres beaux. 15 Avez-vous des cerises blanches dans votre verger? 16 Nous n'avons pas de cerises blanches. 17 Nous avons des cerises noires et des cerises rouges. 18 Le marchand est-il heureux? 19 Le marchand et la modiste sont in- dustrieux. 20 Ont-ils raison ou tort ? 21 lis out rai- son, certainement. Exercise 54. 1 Where are the beautiful apples? 2 I have no beau- tiful apples. 3 Your brother has no apples. 4 Has the merchant fine apple-trees ?.* 5 He has no apple- trees. 6 He has excellent cherry-trees. 7 Are your (vos) sisters happy ? 8 They are very happy. 9 My brother and (my) sister are happy. 10 Is the milliner industrious? 11 She is very industrious. 12 Her brother and she are industrious. 1 3 Are your brother's sheep white? 14 No, sir, they are black. 15 lie has PEENCH COUESE. 95 no white sheep. 16 Is your goat black or white? 17 My goat and (my) sheep are white. 18 Have you black cherries in your orchard? 19 I have fine black cherries, 20 I have no white cherries. 21 Have you new books? 22 I have new books. 23 Are the general officers in your room ? 24 The general officer is in my room. 25 Are the rose and the peach beautiful ? 26 They are very beautiful. LEgOX XXIX. LESSON XXIX. THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS. L.Mes, my, is the plural of mon, ma. Tes, thy, " " " ton, ta. Ses, his, her, " " " son, sa. Xos, our, " " " notre. Yos, your, " " " voire. Leurs, their, " " " leur. The above words are put before plural nouns of either gender, and must be repeated before every noun. Mes amis, ses amis, leurs Jfy friends, his or her amis, friends, their friends. 2. Les miens, mine, is the plural of le mien. Les tiexs, thine, " " " le tien. Les siexs, his, Iters, " " " le sien. 96 fasquelle's introductory These pronouns refer to masculine nouns preceding in the same or in another sentence. Mes enfants et les siens, 3fy children and his. 3. Les miennes, mine, is the plural of la mienne. Les tiennes, thine, " " " la tienne. Les siennes, his, hers, " u " la sienne. The above pronouns relate to feminine nouns. Vos soeurs et les miennes, Your sisters and mine. 4. Les notres, ours, is the plural of le notre, la not re. Les votres, yours, " " " le votre, la votre. Les leurs, theirs, " " " le leur, la leur. These pronouns relate to plural nouns of either gender. Vos neveux et les notres, Your nephews and ours. Model Sentences, Mes fleurs et les siennes. My flowers and his or hers. Ses tulipes et les miennes, His or her tulips and mine. Ma place et la votre. My place and yours. Les montres de l'horloger et The watchmaker's watches and les votres. yours. Sa patrie et la mienne. His or her native country and mine. ISTos miroirs et les siens. Our looking glasses and his or hers. Votre miroir et le sien. Your looking glass and his or hers. Avez-vons apporte ma lettre? Have you hrought my left* Je n'ai pas apporte la votre. I hare not brought yours. Vos cousines et les notnss. Your cousins and ours. FRENCH COURSE. V O CABULAEY. 97 Blanc, White. Cerisier, m. Cherry-tree. Double, Double. Fleur, f. Floioer. Gant, m. Glove. Giroflee, f. Gilly -flower. Grand, Large. Habit, m. Coat. Indulgent, Indulgent. Jardin, m. Garden. Jaune, Yellow. Lis, m. Lily. Mou choir, m. Handkerchief. Neuf, New. (Eillet, m. Pink. On, Where. Parterre, m. Floioer- gar den. Poirier, m. Pear-tree. Pommier, m. Apple-tree. Prunier, m. Plum-tree. Rose, f. Pose. Rouge, Red. Simple, Single. Tulipe, f. Tulip. Put the article des or les before the nouns. Exercise 55. 1 Les tulipes de votre frere sont-elles doubles ? 2 Les siennes ne sont pas doubles. 3 Les miennes sont simples. 4 Vos ceillets sont-ils rouges ou blancs ? 5 Les miens sont blancs, les votres sont rouges. 6 Ou sont vos lis et les^siens ? 7 Les siens sont dans le par- terre. 8 Les notres sont dans le grand jardin. 9 Votre amie a-t-elle de belles giroflees? 10 Ses giroflees sont rouges et les miennes blanches. 1 1 Leurs lis sont-ils blancs ou jauncs? 12 Les leurs sont blancs. 13 Les miens ne sont' pas jaune 8. 14 Mes roses sont' rouges et les votres sont blanches. 15 Mes poiriers, mes cerisiers, et mes pruniers sont en fleurs (in the blow). 16 Les P8 FAS< miens, les votres, et les siens ne sont pas en fleurs. 17 Ses habits, ses gants, ses mouchoirs ne sont pa* neuls. 18 Les votres, les siens, et les miens sont neufs. 19 Mon pere et ma mere sont indulgents. Exercise 58. 1 Has your sister my beautiful flowers ? 2 She has hers, mine, and yours. 3 Are your cherry-trees in the blow? 4 Mine are not in the blow. 5 Yours are in the blow. 6 Has not your cousin handsome roses ? 7 Her roses are not handsome. 8 Mine are red and very handsome. 9 Are your coats and handkerchiefs new? 10 My gloves and handkerchiefs are new. 11 Mine are not new, but (rnais) they are good. 12 Mine, yours, and hers are white. 13 Have they lilies in their flower-garden ? 14 They have lilies and roses in theirs. 15 I have beautiful yellow tulips in mine. 16 My tulips are single and yours are double. 17 Mine are not very beautiful. 18 My father and (my) mother are in the flower garden. 19 My cherry- trees and (my) apple-trees are in the blow. 20 Are your gilly-flowers double, sir? 21 Mine are not double, sir. 22 Where are your new gloves? 23 Mine, yours, and hers are here. 24 Your lily is white, but mine is yellow. 25 My brothers and my sisters are not in my garden. 26 My roses are yellow and yours are red. FRENCH COURSE. 99 LEgOX XXX. LESSON XXX. THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. — DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS. 1. Ces, these, those, is the plural of ce, cet, cette. It is put before plural nouns, either masculine or feminine, and is repeated before every noun. Ces homines et ces femrnes. TJiose men and (those) women. Ces chevaux et ces vaches. These horses and (these) cows. 2. Ceux, those, is the plural ofcelui. It refers to nouns masculine plural. Ces tapis et ceux de votre These carpets and your soeur. sister'' s. Literally : These carpets and those of your sister. 3. Celles, those, is the plural of celle. It relates to nouns in the plural feminine. Ces maisons et celles de These houses and our notre oncle. uncle's. Literally : These houses and those of our uncle. 4. Ceux-ci, these, is the plural of celui-ci, this one. Ceux-la, those, " " " celui-la, that one. These words relate to nouns in the plural masculine. Quels tapis avez-vous ? What or which carpets have you ? J'ai ceux-ci et ceux-la. I have these and those. 100 fasquelle's introductory 5. Celles-ci, these, is the plural of celle-ci, this one. Celles-la, those, " " " celle ld 9 that one. These pronouns refer to plural nouns in the fem- inine. ^Queues demoiselles sont What or which young studieuses ? ladies are studious ? Celles-ci et celles-la. These and those. Model Sentences. Ces livres sont-ils interessants ? Are those boohs interesting ? Ceux de moil frere sont amu- My brother's are amusing. sants. Ces robes sont-elles a la mode ? Are those dresses fashionable ? Celles de ma soeur sont a la My sister s are fashionable ? mode. Avez-vous vu mes sceurs et Have you seen my sisters and celles de votre ami ? your friend's (those of your friend) ? J'ai vu celles de votre ami. I have seen your friend's. Ces chevaux et ces vaches sont Those horses and (those) cows are beaux. beautiful. Ces tapis sont-ils neufs ? Are these carpets new? Quelles ardoises avez-vous? What or which slates have you? Vocabulary. Aiguise, Sharpened. Carte, f. Map. Assiette, f. Plate. Casse, Broken. Blanc, Clean, white. Chandelle, f. Candle. Bougie, f. Wax-light* Commode, f. Bureau. Brave, Brave. Cuisiuier, m. Cook. FRENCH COURSE. 101 Epicier, m. Grocer. Glace, f. Looking-glass. Haut, Sigh. Matelot, m. Sailor. Mauvais, Bad, poor. Meilleur, Better. Mo u choir, m. Handker- chief. Perruquier, m. Hair dresser. Petit, Little, small. Quel, Which) what. Rasoir, m. Razor. Sale, Soiled, dirty. Serviette, f. Dinner-napkin. Soldat, m. Soldier. Suif, m. Tallow. Sur, Upon, on. Tiroir, m. Drawer. Trop, Too, too much. Give the nouns in the vocabulary with ce, cet, or cette before them. Exercise 57, 1 Mes cartes et les votres sont-elles grandes ? 2 Les miennes sont tres grandes. 3 Celles de votro soeur sont petites. 4 Ces commodes ne sont pas belles, 5 Celle de notre epicier est trop haute. 6 Avez' vous casse les glaces de ma soeur? 7 J'ai casse celles de votre cousine. 8 Nos serviettes sont-elles sales ? 9 Celle de mon frere est blanche. 10 La inienne n'est pas blanche. 11 Celles de notre cuisiniers sont dans le tiroir. 12 Avez-vous aiguise les rasoirs ? 13 J'ai aigui>;e ceux-ci et ceux-la. 14 Je n'ai pas aiguise ceux du perruquier. 15 Ces soldats sont-ils braves ? 16 Ces soldats et ces matelots sont tres braves. 17 Ces chan- delles et ces bougies sont mauvaiscs. 18 Celles de l'epicier sont mauvaises. 19 Ces assiettes sont belles, maia celles-lu sont meilleures. 102 fasquelle's introductory Exercise 58. 1 Is your bureau too large ? 2 My bureau is too small.' 3 My sister's is too small, and your brother's is too high. 4 Where are your maps ? 5 Mine are in my room. 6 Your brother's are upon the small bureau. 7 Are our dinner-napkins clean ? 8 Your brother's are dirty. 9 My handkerchiefs are clean. 10 My brother's and sister's are clean. (Those of ray "brother and those of my sister). 11 Has the hair- dresser sharpened my razors ? 12 He has not sharpened mine. 13 He has* sharpened my brother's and my cousin's./ 14 Are your wax-lights good? 15 Mine are not good, but my brother's are good. 1G Those looking-glasses are small. 17 The grocer's are too large. 18 Are those sailors and {those) soldier's brave? 19 These are brave. 20 Are those handker- chiefs and napkins clean ? 21 These are clean. 22 Those are not clean. 23 What candles have you ? 24 I have "tallow candles and wax-lights. 25 Those wax-lights and your friends'. 26 Mine, yours, and your cousin's. LEgON XXXI. LESSON XXXI CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 1. There are in French four classes or conjugations of verbs. They arc distinguished by the endings of their infinitives or names. FRENCH COURSE. 103 1st. 2d. 3d, 4th. ER, IR, OIR, RE. Donn-er, to give. Pun-ir, to punish. Dev-oir, to owe, Vend-re, to sell. 2. The terminations of the present of the indicative of the regular verbs of the first conjugation are : e, es, e, ons, ez, ent. 3. Present of the Indicative of Pret-er, to lend. Je pret-e, Tu pret-es, II pret-e, Elle pret-e, Nous pret-ons, Vous pret-ez, lis pret-ent, Elles pret-ent, I lend, I do lend, or I am lending. TIxou lendest. He lends. She lends. We lend. You lend. Tliey (m.) lend. They (£) lend. Je donn-e, Tu donn-es, II donn-e, Elle donn-e, Nous donn-ons, Vous donn-ez, lis donn-ent, Elles donn-ent, DONN-ER, TO GIVE. I give, I do give, or I am giving. Thou givest. He gives. She gives. We give. You give. They (m.) give. They (f.) give. 104 fasquelle's introductory Cherch-er, to seek, to look for. Je cberch-e, 1 look for. Tu cherch-es, Thou seekest. II cherch-e, He looks for. Elle cherch-e, She looks for. Nous cherch-ons, We seek. Vous ehereh-ez, You look for. lis cherch-ent, They (m.) seek. Elles cherch-ent, They (f.) look for. Demand-er, to ask, to ask fob, to request. Je demand-e, I ask for. Tu demand-es, Thou askest for. II demand-e, He asks for. Elle demand-e, She asks for. , Nous demand-ons, We ask for. Vous demand-ez, You ask for. lis demand-eiit, They (m.) ask for. Elles demand-ent, They (f.) ask for. 4. As will be seen above, Je prete, Je donne, &c, mean Z ?e?ic?, cfo lend, or am lending / 1 give, do give, or am giving. These expressions, and similar ones, can only be exi3ressed in French by the present of the indicative. Model Sentences. Je donne un livre a ma soeur. I give a book to my sister. Vous pretez le couteau a mon You lend the knife to my brother. frere. Elle cherche la clef do sa- She hols for the key of her room. chambre. FEENCH COURSE. 105 H demande une pomme. Xous demandons notre cousine. Yous cherchez leur soeur. Ma soear chercbe son amie. Xous pre tons notre argent. «Te demande des fraises. Elles donnent des noix. He is asking for an apple. Y\ T e (ask) are asking for our cousin. You look for or seek their sister. My sister looks for her friend. We lend our money. I am asking for strawberries. They give nuts. Vocabulary, Argent, m. Money. Avoine, f. Oats. Chaise, f. Chair. Cheval, m. Horse. Couteau, m. Knife. Cuisiniere, f. Cook. Domestique, m. Servant. Foin, m. Hay. Fourchette, f. Fork. Grand, Large. Oncle, m. Uncle. Marechal, m. Blacksmith. Panier, m. Basket. Papier, m. Paper. Parapluie, m. Umbrella. Parasol, m. Parasol. Pauvre, Poor. Petit, Small, little. Plume, f. Pen. Soie, f. Silk. Tante, f. Aunt. The, m. Tea. Velours, m. Velvet. Volatile, f. Poultry. Give the nouns with le, la, or V before them. Exercise 59. 1 Je prete mon parapluie. 2 Ma soeur prete son parasol. 3 Xous demandons notre argent. 4 Nous donnons une chaise a la pauvre femrae. 5 Vous donnez le velours de soie. 6 Xous cherehons du the. 7 Xous 5* 106 fasquelle's introductory demandons de bon the. 8 Ma soeur demande de la volaille. 9 La euisiniere cherche de bonne volatile. 10 Elle demande mon cousin. 11 Je donne un grand panier au garcon. 12 Vous donnez un petit panier a la demoiselle. 13 Vous cherchez mon fiere et ma soeur. 14 Vous demandez mes oncles et mes tantes. 15 Je donne de l'argent aux marechaux. 16 Le domestique donne de l'avoine aux chevaux. 17 Je cherche mes couteaux et mes fourchettes. 18 Ma mere demande les grands couteaux et les grandes fourchettes. 19 Je demande mon papier et ma plume. Exercise 60. 1 I ask for my umbrella. 2 You lend your books to my sister. 3 We ask for our large silk parasol. 4 You ask for my mother. 5 My cousin asks for my father. 6 We ask for our father and (our) mother. 7 We give good paper to your sister. 8 Your servant gives oats to the horse. 9 He gives hay to the horse. 10 You lend money to the poor woman. 11 You give . a chair to my uncle. 12 I look for my uncle and (my) aunt. 13 The cook asks for good poultry. 14 She looks for poultry. 15 The servant gives money to the blacksmith. 16 The blacksmiths look for the horses. 17 1 give a knife and (a) fork to the cook. 18 I look for the large knives and (for the large) forks. 19 You are looking for tea. 20 We are looking for good tea. 21 I am asking for my brother and (my) sister. 22 I am looking for my knives and (un/) forks. 28 My sister gives poultry to the poor woman. 24 I look for FEEXCH COURSE. 107 the large basket. 25 They lend their money to our friends. LEQOX XXXII. LESSOR XXXII. VERBS OF FIRST CONJUGATION, CONTINUED.- GATIVE FORM. -INTERRO- 1. Present of the Indicative of Preter, Donner, Chercher, Demander, interrogatively. Do I lend? or Est-ce que je prete ? j Pretes-tu ? Prete-t-ii ? Prete-t-elle ? Pretons-nous ? Pretez-vous ? Pretent-ils ? Pretent-elles ? Est-ce que je donne? Donnes-tu ? Donne-t-il ? Donne-t-elle? Donnons-nous ? Donnez-vous ? Donnent-ils ? Donnent-elles ? am I lending ? Dost thou lend? Does he lend? Does she lend? Do ice lend? Do you lend ? Do they (m.) lend? Do they (f.) lend? j Do I give ? or ( am I giving ? Dost thou give ? Does he give ? Does she give ? Do ice give ? Do you 'give ? Do they (m.) give ? Do they (f.) give ? 108 FiSQUELLE's INTRODUCTOKT Est-ce que je cherche ? Do I look for ? or seek? Cherches-tu ? Dost thou seek ? Cherche-t-il ? Does he look for ? Cherche-t-elle ? Does she look for ? Cherchons-nous ? Do we look for ? Cherchez-vous ? Are you looking for ? Cherchent-ils ? Do they (m.) look for ? Cherchent-elles ? Are they (f.) looking for ? Est-ce que je clemande ? Do I ask for ? Demandes-tu ? Art thou asking for ? D eman de-t-il ? Is he asking for ? Demaude-t-elle ? Does she ask for ? De man dons-nous ? Do we ask for ? Demand ez-vous ? Are you asking for ? Demandent-ils ? Do they (m.) ask for ? Demandent-elles ? Are they (f.) asking for ? 2. In conversation, the French use est-ce que before the first person of the verb when asking a question. See Larger Course, L. 25, R. 1, 2, 3, 4. Est-ce que je demande Am I asking for your votre fiere ? brother ? Est-ce que je cherche mon Do Hook for my book? livre ? Literally : 7"s it that I ask for my brother ? Is it that lam looking for my book? 3. Est-ce que may also be used with the other persons. Esi-ce qu'il prete fin livre? Is he lending a book ? Est-ce que nous donnons Do ice give money ? de l'areent ? FRENCH COURSE, 109 Model Sentences. Qu'est-ce que je cherche ? Que demandez-vous ? ) Qu'est-ce que vous demandez? J Demandons-nous de l'argent? \ Est-ee que nous deinandons l de l'argent ? ) Cherchez-vous votre frere ? Est-ce que vous cherchez votre frere ? Pretez-vous tout votre papier ? \ Est-ce que vous pretez tout > votre papier ? ) Quel livre cherchez-vous ? WJiat am I looking for % ( What do you ash for f or ( WJiat are you asking for f \ Are we asking for money ? or J Do we ask for money f f Do you look for your broth- er f or Are you looking for your (^ brother f \ Do you lend all your paper? or ) Are you lending ally our paper f What book do you seek? or are you looking for f Vocabulary. Armoire, f. Cupboard. Botte, f. Boot. Bouilli, m. Boiled meat. Canif, m. Penknife. Canne, f. Cane. Clef, f. Key. Cuisiniere, f. Cook. Dejeuner, m. Breakfast. Diner, m. Dinner. Enfant, m. Child. Gant, m. Glove. Garqon, ra. Boy. Jarabon, m. Ham. Lampe, f. Lamp. Legume, ra. Vegetable. Mi el, m. Honey. Plume, f. Pen. Poisson, m. Fish. Que, What. Qui, Whom. Roti, m. Boast meat. Salad e, f. Salad. Salon, m. Parlor. Soupe, f. Soup. Put the word notre or votre before the nouns 110 fasquelle's introductory Exercise 61. 1 Qu'est-ce que vous cherchez ? 2 Je cherche votre plume et la mienne. 3 Que demaudez-vous mon ami ? 4 Je demande mon frere ; est-il ici ? 5 Pietez-vous votre livre ? 6 Je prete mon livre et celui de mon cousine. 7 Est-ce que vous pretez vos gants ? 8 Je prete ceux de ma mere. 9 Cherchez-vous la clef de I'armoire ? 10 Nous cherchons celle du salon. 11 Que demandez-vous ? 12 Nous demandons notre lampe. 13 Votre frere demande-t-il sacanne? 14 II demande sa canne et ses bottes. 15 La cuisiniere cherche-t-elle du poisson ? 1 6 Elle cherche du poisson pour le de- jeuner. 17 Demandez-vous du miel ? 18 Nous ne demandons pas de miel. 19 Donnez-vous du bouilli ou du jambon a l'enfant? 20 Je donne du roti a 1' enfant et de la soupe au petit garcon. Exercise 62. 1 Whom are you asking for ? 2 I ask for my cousin. 3 Does your brother ask for his penknife ? 4 He asks for Ins penknife and his pen. 5 Why do you lend your umbrella ? 6 My cousin has no umbrella. 7 Are you looking for your gloves ? 8 We are looking for our gloves and my brother's. 9 Do you give honey to the little child? 10 We give boiled meat and roast meat to fhe little boy. 11 What do you ask for (pour) your breakfast? 12 We ask for fish. 13 Does the cook look for fish ? 14 She is looking for fish. 15 Your sister looks for salad. 1G Do you lend your penknife FRENCH COURSE. Ill to the little boy? 17 Tour brother is asking for his books. 18 We are asking for our boots. 19 Are we asking for honey ? 20 To (a) whom do you lend money ? 21 Are you asking for roast meat ? 22 We ask for boiled meat. 23 We are looking for vegetables. 24 Are you looking for your lamp ? LEQOX XXXIII. LESSOR XXXIII. verbs of first conjugation, continued. negative, and negative and interrogative form. 1. Indicative of Chercher and Demander con- jugated : NEGATIVELY. Je ne cherche pas. Jam not seeking. Tu ne cherches pas. Thou art not looking for. II ne cherche pas. He is not seeking. Elle ne cherche pas. She is not looking for. Xous ne cherchons pas. We are not seeking. Vous ne cherchez pas. You do not look for. lis ne cherchent pas. They (m.) do not look for. Elles ne cherchent pas. They (f.) do not look for. Je ne demande pas. I do not ask for. Tu ne demandes pas. Thou art not asking for. II ne demande pas. lie does not ask for. Elle ne demande pas. She does not ask for. Xous ne demandons pas. We are not asking for. Vous ne demandez pas. You do not ask for. lis ne demandent pas. Tliey (m.) do 'not ask for. Elle ne demandent pas. They (f.) do not ask for. 112 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY INTERROGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY. Est-ce que je ne cherche Do I not look for f pas ? Ne cherches-tu pas ? Dost thou not see/c ? Ne cherche-t-il pas ? Does he not look for ? Ne cherche-t-elle pas ? Does she not look for ? Ne cherchons-nous pas ? Are we not looking for? Ne cherchez-vous pas ? Are you not looking for ? Ne cherchent-ils pas? Do they (m.) not seek? Ne cherchent-elles pas ? Do they (f.) not look for ? Est-ce que je ne demancle Do I not ask for ? pas ? Ne demandes-tu pas ? Dost thou not ask for ? Ne demande-t-il pas ? Does he not ask for ? Ne demande-t-elle pas ? Does she not ask for? Ne deman dons-no us pas ? Are ice not asking for ? Ne deman dez-vous pas ? Do you not ask for ? Ne demandent-ils pas? Do they (in.) not ask for? Ne dernandent-elles pas? Do they (f.) not ask for? 2. Like the models given in the last and in the present lessons, are formed generally the verbs ending with er, such as : Montr-er, to show. Plant-er, to plant Trouv-er, to find. Parl-er, to speak. Port-er, to carry. Desir-er, to desire, to wish Aim-er, to like. Coup-er, to cut. Model Sentences. Ne cherchez-vous pas dcs fleurs ? Are you not looking for flowers t Nous ne cherchons pus de Hours. We arc not seeking for flox FRENCH COURSE. 113 Que montrez-vous a votre What do you show to your ecolier ? pupil 3 Je ne ruontre rien. I do not show anything. Plantez-vous des rosiers ? Do you plant rose-bushes? N'aimez-vous pas le mouton? Do you not like (the) mutton? . ±$e parlez-vous pas franc ais ? Do you not speak French ? Comment trouvez-vous ce gar- How do you find (like) this cake ? teau ?* Nous trouvons ces peches tres ) We find these peaches very good. bonnes ) We like these peaches very much. Vocabulary. Allemand, ra. German. Jardinier, ra. Gardener. Anglais, ra. English. Mauvais, Bad. Boeuf, ra. Beef. Monde (tout \e), Everybody. Chevre-feuille, m. Honey- Moiitrer, To show. suckle. Mouton, m. Mutton. Desirer, To desire. CEillet, m. Pink. Done, Then. Orrae, m. Elm-tree. Erable, m. Maple-tree. Parler, To speak. ' Espagnol, ra. /Spanish. Parent, Relation. Fleur, f. Flower. Personne, Nobody. Franc, ais, ra. French. Poramier, m. Apple-tree. Italien, m. Italian. Salade, f. Salad. Jardin, ra. Garden. Tulipe, f. Tulip. Give the nouns with the words mon or ma before them. * After the word comment, how, and in some other cases, the French use the verb trouver, instead of aimer, to like: Comment trouvez-vous ce mouton? How do you like {find) this mutton? _ , . „ . ) I like it very much. Je le trouve excellent. J- _ . 7 ., _ , ) J find it excellent. 8 114 fasquelle's inteoducioki exeecise 63. 1 Ne desirez-vous pas des fleurs ? 2 Nous desirons du chevre-feuille. 3' Que montrez-vous au jardinier ? 4 Nous montrons au jardinier de belles tulipes et de beaux ceillets. 5 Aimez-vous la salade ? 6 J'aime la salade. 7 Trouvez-vous cette salade bonne ? 8 Nous ne la trouvons pas bonne. 9 Ne la trouvez-vous pas bien tendre ? 10 Nous la trouvons tres mauvaise. 11 Ne plantez-vous pas des ormes ? 12 Nous ne plantons pas d'ormes. 13 Que plantez-vous done? 14 Je pi ante des e rabies et de beaux pommiers. 15 A qui parlez-vous ? 16 Je ne parle a personne. 17 Est- ce que je n'airae pas mes parents? 18 Vous aimez tout le monde. 19 Nous airaons les grands jardins et les belles fleurs. 20 Notre cousine parle anglais, francais, allemand, espagnol, et italien. EXEECISE 64. 1 Do you speak French, my child ? 2 No, sir, I do not speak French. 3 Does that young lady speak English ? 4 She does not speak English, but she speaks German. 5 Does not your relation speak German ? 6 My relation does not speak German. 7 We speak Spanish, Italian, French, and English. 8 Are you looking for flowers ? 9 We are not looking for flowers. 10 Do I ask for the gardener? 11 You do not ask for any body. 12 Do you like beef? 13' We like (the) beef and (the) mutton. 14 'How do you like this mut- ton ? 15 I like it very much. (I find It very good.) FRENCH COURSE. 115^ 16 What do you find ? 17 We find flowers and trees. 18 Do you like those peaches? (Do you find those peaches good?) 19 I like these peaches very much. {I find these peaches very good.) 20 Are we not look- ing for the gardener? 21 We are looking for him. 22 What do you plant ? 23 You plant elms and maple trees. 24 What do we show to the gardener? 25 We show to the gardener the beautiful apple-trees. LEQOK XXXIV. LESSON XXXIV. IRREGULAR VERBS. ALLER ; TO GO. 1. There are verbs, in the several conjugations, which do not, in all their tenses, end like the model verb of the conjugation to which th«y belong', they are there- fore called irregular verbs. For a complete list of these, see Larger Course, page 356 and following. For the peculiarities of some verbs of the first conju- gation, see page 336 of the same book. 2. The only verb of the first conjugation which is irregular in the present of the indicative, is Aller, to GO. 3. Present of the Indicative of Aller, to go. AFFIUMATIVELY. Je vais. I go or I am going \ Tu vas. Thou art going. 11 va. lie is going. Elle va She is going. 116 FASQUELLE's INTEODUC10ET Nous allons. We go or are going. Vous allez. You go or are going. lis vont. They go or are going. INTERROGATIVELY. Est-ce que je vais ? Am I going ? Vas-tu ? Art thou going ? Va-t-il ? Is he going ? Va-t-elle ? Does she go ? Allons-nous ? Do we go ? Allez-vous ? Are you going ? Vont-ils ? Are they going ? 4. The following irregular verbs of the second con- jugation take, in the present of the indicative, the ter- minations of the first : Couvrir, to cover. Offrir, to offer. Cueillir, to gather, to pick. Ouvrir, to open. Decouvrir, to uncover, to discover. Recueillir, to collect. 5. Present of the Indicative of Offrir and Cueillir. J'offr-e. I offer. Tu offr-es. Thou offerest. II offr-e. He offers. Elle offr-e. She offers. Nous offr-ons. We offer. Vous offr-ez. You offer. lis offr-ent. They offer. Je cueill-e. I gather or pick. Tu cueill-es. Thou gatherest. II cueill-e. He gathers. Elle cueill-e. She gathers. FRENCH COUKSE. 117 Nous cueill-ons. We gather. Vous cueill-ez. You gather. lis cueill-ent. They gather. Model Sentences. A qui offrez-vous des fleurs ? To whom do you offer flowers ? J'offre des fleurs a mes amis. I offer flowers to my friends. Est-ce que j'offre de l'argent ? Do I offer money f Pourquoi ouvrez-vouslaporte? Wliy do you open the door? Nous cueillons de bonnes peches. We pick good peaches. Nous allons a Rome. We are going to Rome. Nous allons a Turin et a Rome. We are going to Turin and to Rome. Oj allez-vous ce matin ? Where are you going this morn- ing ? Je vais a Londres. I am going to London. Est-ce que je vais a New York ? Am I going to New York f Vocabulary. Aller, To go. Offi-ir, To offer. Annee, f. Year. Orpheline, f. Orphan. Bruxelles, Brussels. Ouvrir, To open. Couvrir, To cover. Parceque, Because. Cueillir, To gather, to pick. Pourquoi, Why. Enfant, m. Child. Pauvre, Poor. Gateau, m. Cake. Pen, Little. Lentement, Slowly. Porte, f. Boor., Matin, m. Morning. Prochain, Next* Mendiant, Beggar. Quand, When. Maison (a la), At home. Rue, f. Street. Maison, f. House. Seraaine, f. Week. 118 fasquelle's introductory Toujour*, Always. Viande, f. Meat. Trop, Too^ too much. Vite, Quick. Exercise 65. 1 Ou allez-vous mon enfant ? 2 Je vais a la maison. 3 Votre frere va-t-il a Paris l'annee procbaine ? 4 Xous allons a Paris et a Bruxelles. 5 Qu'offrez-vous a ce pauvre mendtant? 6 Je lui offre du pain et de la viande. 7 Est-ce que je cueille de belles fleurs ? 8 Vous cueillez de tres belles ileurs. 9 Pourquoi ouvrez-vous la porte ? 10 Parceque je vais dans {into) la rue. 11 N'allez-vous pas trop vite? 12 Xous allons trop lentement. 13 Xous offrons du gateau a notre ami. 14 Est-ce que j'offre trop pen? 15 Yous n'offrez pas trop pen. 16 Couvrez-vous votre livre? 17 Je couvre toujours mes livres. 18 Quand allez- voua a Turin? 19 Xous allons a Turin la semaine prochaine. 20 J'orlre de 1'argent et des fleurs a cette pauvre orpheline. Exercise 66. 1 Where do we go next week ? 2 Xext week we are going to New York. 3 Why do you offer flowers to that poor orphan? 4 Why do you offer money to the beggar? 5 AV ou always go too quick. 9 Why do you not cover * Put I ter the verh. FRENCH COURSE. 119 your book? 10 Why do you not open the door? 11 Because I am not going home. 12 Do I offer too much cake to the child ? 13 Do we go to Brussels or to Paris ? 14 We are not going to Turin arid to Rome. 15 Are you going into the street ? " 16 We are going home. 17 You always* go too fast. 18 Our friend goes too slowly. 1 9 We open the door because our father is at home. 20 I am going to London. 21 You are not going home. 22 What do you offer to your friend ? 23 I offer flowers. 24 I offer bread and meat. 25 Wo open the door and offer meat to the poor beggar. LEgosr xxxv. lesson xxxv. VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION. ENDING IN JR. 1. The regular verbs of the second conjugation end in the present of the indicative in, is, is, it, issons, issez, issent. 2. Present of the Indicative of Punir, to punish, AND FlNIR, TO FINISH. Je pun-is. I punish. Tu pun-is. Thou art punishing. II pun-it. i He punishes. Elle pun -it. She does punish. * Put toujour s after the verb. 120 fasquelle's introductory Nous pnn-issons. Vous pun-issez. lis pun-isseot. Elles pun-issent. Je fin-is. Tu fin-is. II fin-it. Elle fin-it. Nous fin-issons. Vous fin-issez. lis iin-issent. Elles fin-issent. 3. Interrogative Form. Est-ce que je punis ? Punis-tu ? Punit-il ? Punit-elle ? Punissons-no-us ? Punissez-vous ? Punissent-ils ? Punissent-elles ? Est-ce que je finis ? Finis-tu ? Finil-il ? Finit-elle? Finissons-noua ? Finissez-vous ? Finissent-ils ? Finissent-elles P TJ 7 ^ punish. You punish. TJiey (m.) punish. They (f.) punish. I finish. Thou dost finish. lie is fin ish ing. She finishes. We finish. You finish. They (m.) finish. They (f.) finish. Do I punish ? Dost thou punish ? Does he punish f Does she punish ? Do we punish ? Do you punish ? Do they (m.) punish? Do they (t\) punish f Do I 'fin ish ? Dost thou finish f Does lie finish ? Does she finish ? ,Do we finish f Do you finish ? Do they (ra.) finish ? Do they (f.) finish? FRENCH COURSE, 121 4. For the Negative and the Negative and Interroga- tive form, see the place of ne and pas in the 33d Lesson ; as also Lesson 17, Rules 1 and 2. 5. Conjugate in the same manner all regular verbs of this conjugation, such as : Avertir, to vmm. Munir, to provide. Guerir, to cure. Noircir, to blacken. Embellir, to embellish. Blanchir, to bleach. Cherir, to cherish. F o u rni r , to fu rn ish. Unir, to unite. Salir, to soil. Model Sentences. Finissez-vous votre travail ? Je finis ma lecon. Que finissez-vous ? Nous fmissons nos themes. Est-ce que je punis l'enfant ? Yous punissez le petit garcon. Nous blanchissons la toile. Vous noircissez le papier. Le medecin guerit ses malades. Ces enfants cherissent leur mere. Le boucher fournit la viande. Les jardiniers fournissent les legumes. Bo you finish your work ? I finish my lesson. What do you finish f We finish our exercises. Do I punish the child f You punish the little hoy. We bleach the linen. You blacken the paper. The physician cures his patients. TJiose children cherish their mother. The butcher furnishes the meat. The gardeners furnish the vege- tables. Vocabulary. Arrivee, f. Arrival. Blanchir, To bleach. Avertir, To inform^ to Boucher, m. Batcher. warn. Boulanger, in. Baker. 6 122 fasquelle's introductory Cocher, ra. Coachman* Medecin, m. Physician. Dessin, m. Drawing. Mouchoir, ra. Ilandker- Ecolier, ra. Scholar. chief. Embellir, To embellish. Noircir, To blacken. Fournir, To furnish. Pain, ra. Bread. Gouvernante, f. Governess. Paresseux, Idle. Guerir, To cure. Punir, To punish. Jardinier, m. Gardener. Que, What. Leqon, f. Lesson. Qui, Whom. Legume, ra. Vegetable. Robe, f. Dress. Malade, m. Patient. Salir, To soil. Marchand, ra. Merchant. Toile, f. Linen. Give the nouns in the vocabulary with ce, cet, cette, before them. Exercise 67. 1 Que finissez-vons ? 2 Nous finissons notre leqon. 3 Est-ce que je noircis le papier ? 4 Vous noircissez le mouchoir. 5 Vous salissez votre robe. 6 Le bou- langer fournit-il de bon pain ? 7 II fournit d'excellent pain. 8 Lea marchands fournissent d'excellent drap. L'architecte embellit notre maison. 10 Vousembel- 5 le jardin. I] Vous ayertissez le cocKer. 12 Qui gu6rissez-vous f 13 Nous guerissons nos malades. II Est-ce que je fournis de bona legumes? 15 Les jardiniere fournissent dea legumes. 16 No punissez- voua pas voa Gcoliers. 17 Je punia mes ecoliers quand • lit paresseux. 18 Quelle toile blanchissez-vous ? lelle que {which) le marchand fournit. 20 Nous avertissons votre gouvernante de votre arrivee. •french course. 123 Exercise 68. 1 Do you finish your book? 2 I do not finish my book. 3 We finish our drawing. 4 What do you embellish ? 5 We embellish our dresses. 6 Do you inform my cousin of my arrival ? 7 1 inform her of your arrival. 8 Does the physician cure his patients ? 9 The physicians cure their patients. 10 Do I cure the patients? 11 You do not cure the patients. 12 Does your gardener furnish you vegetables? 13 He does not furnish me vegetables. 14 He furnishes me flowers. 15 Do you blacken your dress ? 16 We do not blacken our dresses. 17 Do you soil your sister's handker- chiefs? 18 I soil hers and mine. 19 Do you not punish your scholars ? 20 I do not punish my scholars. 21 Does the butcher furnish you good meat ? 22 He furnishes me good meat. 23 The gardeners furnish us good vegetables. 24 We finish our drawings. 25 You do not finish your brother's drawings. LEgON XXXVI. LESSOX XXXVI. SECOND CONJUGATION, CONTINUED. VERBS ENDING IN TIB. 1. The following verbs of the second conjugation, ending in tir, are irregular in the present of the in- dicative, and conjugated according to the model given under : 124 FAS QUELLE' S INTEODUCtORy Consentir, to consent. Repartir, to set out again. Dementir, to give the lie. Ressentir, to resent. Mentir, to lie. Ressortir, to go out again. Partir, to set out, to go Sentir, to feel. away, to leave. Se repentir, to repent. Pressentir, to foresee. Sortir, to go out. 2. The terminations of the present of the indicative are s, s, t, tons, tez, tent. 3. Present of Indicative of Sor-tir, to go ouT y AND PaR-TIR, TO SET OUT. Je sor-s. Tu sor-s. II sor-t. Elle sor-t. Nous sor-tons. Vous sor-tez. lis sor-tent. Je par-s, Tu par-s. II par-t. Elle par-t. Nous par-tons. Vous par-tez. lis par-tent. Est-ce que je sors ? Sors-tu ? Sort-il ? Sort-elle? I go out. Thou goest out. He goes out. She goes out. We go out. You go out. TJiey go out. I set out. Thou art setting out. He is going away. She is going away. We are setting out. You ore going away. They are going away. INTERROGATIVE FORM. Do I go out ? Dost thou go out ? Is he going out ? Is sfu going out? FRENCH COUESE, 125 Sortons nous ? Sortez-vous ? Sortent-ils ? Est-ce que je pars? Pars-tu ? Part-il ? Part-elle ? Partons-nous ? Partez-vous ? Partent-elles ? Are we going out ? Are you going out ? Are they going out ? Do I set out ? Art thou going away , Is he going away f Is she going away ? Do we set out ? Do you go away ? Do they set out ? Model Sentences. Partez-vous aujourd'hui ? Je pars demain matin. Est-ce que je sors trop tot ? Yous sortez trop tard. Nous ne sentons pas le froid. Yous sentez la chaleur. Yous consentez a ma demande. Je consens a cela. A quelle heure partons-nous? Nous partons a midi. Do you go away to-day ? I go away to-morrow morning. Am I going out too early f You go out too late. We do not feel the cold. You feel the heat. You consent to my request. I consent to that. At what hour do we set out t We set out at noon. Vocabulary. Apres-demain, the day Cinq, Five. after to-morrow. Aujourd'hui, To day. Bon, Good. Consentir, To consent. Chaleur, f. Heat. Demain, To-morrow. Dimanehe, m.. Sunday. Hote, m. Guest. Jeudi, m. Thursday. Lundi, m. Monday. 126 fasquelle's introductory Malade, Side, ill. Repartir, To go again, to Mardi, in. Tuesday. go back. Matin, m. Morning. Saraedi, m. Saturday. Mentir, To tell a false- Sortir, To go out. hood. Trois, Three. Mercredi, m. Wednesday. ^Yendredi, m. Friday. Partir, To leave. Voisin, m. Neighbor. Prochain, Next. Sentir, To feel, to smell. Exercise 69. 1 Votre amie sort-ell e aujourd'hui ? 2 Elle ne sort pas, elle est malade. 3 Partez-vous lundi ou mardi ? 4 Nous partons mercredi et notre voisin part jeudi ou vendredi. 5 Sentez^vous le froid ce matin ? 6 Xous ne sentons pas le froid, nous avons cliaud. 7 Vos botes repartent-ils aujourd'hui ? 8 lis repartent samedi prochain. 9 Consentez-vous a partir dinianche? 10 Nous consentons a partir apres-demain. 11 Cos roses ne sentent-elles pas? 12 Oui, Monsieur, elles Bentent tres bon. 13 Est-ce que je sens la chaleur? 14 Yous sentez le froid et la chaleur. 15 Ces . belles roses ne sentent pas bon. 16 Nous partons a cinq hemes. 17 Votre soeur sort ties tard. 18 Les bons enfants ne mentent jamais. 19 A quelle heure re- partez-vous ? 20 Nous repartons a trois heures. E X E B CISE 70. 1 Do you go out to-day ? 2 I do not go out this morning, I am Biok. 3 Do you Leave this morning? 4 We do not leave this morning. 5 My sister leaves FRENCH COURSE. 127 to-morrow morning. 6 We leave Sunday or Monday. 7 Does your brother leave Tuesday or Wednesday ? 8 He leaves Saturday. 9 Do I go back to-day? 10 You go back Thursday or Friday. 11 Do you feel the cold, gentlemen (messieurs) ? 12 We do not feel the cold. 13 Does that rose smell good? 14 That rose does not smell good. 15 Do you consent to go away next Saturday? 16 I do not consent to go out Saturday. 17 Do I go out too (trop) late? 18 You go out too late. 19 We go out at five o'clock. 20 We set out at three o'clock. 21 Does your friend feel the cold? 22 She does not feel the cold. 23 (The) good children do not tell a falsehood. 24 We do not go away to-day. 25 We go away the day after to-morrow. LEQON XXXVII. SECOND CONJUGATION.- LESSOR XXXVII. -VERBS ENDING IN EXIR. 1. There are twenty-four irregular verbs of this con- jugation which end in enir* 2. They are all made out of Venir, to come, and Tenir, to hold, and are conjugated like them. * S'abstenir. Devenir. Parvenir. Soutenir. Appartenir. Disconvenir. Prevenir. Se souvenir. Contenir. Entretenir. Provenir. Subvenir. Contrevenir. Intervenir. Petenir. Survenir. Convenir. Maintenir. Se ressouvenir. Tenir. Detenir. Obtenir. Revenir. Venir. See List of Verbs, Larger Course, page 35G. 128 fasquelle's introductory 3. The terminations of the present of the indicative in these verbs are tens, iens, lent, enons, enez, iennent. 4. Present of the Indicative of Yexir, to cojif, AND TeNIR, TO HOLD. Je v-iens.* Tu v-iens. II v-ient. Elle v-ient. Nous v-enons. Vous v-enez. lis v-iennent. Je t-iens. Tu t-iens. II t-ient. Elle t-ient. Nous t-enons. * Vous t-enez. lis t-iennent. I come. T/iou art coining. He is coining. She comes. We come. You come. They come. I hold. Thou /widest. He holds. She holds. We hold. You hold, They hold. INTERROGATIVE FORM. Est-ce que je viens ? Viens-tu ? Vient-il ? Vient-elle? Venons-nous ? Venez-vous ? Yiennent-ils ? Do I come ? Dost thou come ? Does he come ? Does she come ? Do ice come ? Do you come ? Do they come ? '■'■'■ Pronounced like an in crank. See Lesson 5. nil the verbs given in note, page 127. This holds in FRENCH COURSE. 129 Est-ce que je tiens ? Tiens-tu ? Tient-il ? Tient-elle ? Tenons-nous ? Tenez-vous ? Tiennent-ils ? Do 1 hold? Dost thou hold f Z>oes Ae hold? Does she hold ? Do we hold ? Do you hold? Do they hold? Model Sentences. Que tenez-vous ? Je tiens ma plume. Est-ce que je viens trop tot ? Obtenons-nous de l'argent ? !Nous obtenons de l'emploi. La malle contient-elle des habits ? La petite fille devient-elle bonne ? Est-ce que je maintiens mon opinion ? Nous soutenons le pauvre ma- lade. Vous retenez ces livres. Ce livre appartient a ma sceur. Les estampes appartiennent au libraire. Wliai do you hold ? I hold my pen. Bo I come too soon? Do we obtain money ? We obtain employment. Does the trunk contain clothes ? Does the little girl become good ? Do I maintain my opinion? We keep up the poor patient. You retain these books. Tliat book belongs to my sister. The engravings belong to the bookseller. Vocabulary. Appartenir, To belong. Bronze, m. Bronze. Argent, m. Money, silver. Brosse, f. Brush. Bientot, Soon. Compagnon,m. Companion, Boite, f. Box. Contenir, To contain. 130 FASQUELLE S IXTRODTTCTOTCY Cuivre, Brass, copper. Devenir, To become. Fer, m. Iron. Fer blanc, m. Tin. Ferblantier, m. Tinman. Malle, f. Trunk, March and, m. Merchant. Metaux, Metals. Obtenir, To obtain. Orlevre, m. Goldsmith. PI orab, ra. Lead. Q i land, When. (2 ue, What. - Qui, Whom. Revenir, To return, to come back. Soutenir, To keepmp. Tenir, To hold, to keep. Tout, All. Yenir, To come. Exercise 71. 1 Venez-vous de New York ? 2 Nous venons de Brooklyn. 3 Notre compagnon revient de France. 4 Quaud obtenez-vous votre argent ? 5 Nous obte- nons notre argent demain. 6 A qui appartient ce livre? 7 II appartient a la petite fille. 8 Cette brosse ne nous appartient pas. 9 Ces metaux apparticnnent aux raarcliands. 10 Le mareehal tient le cuivre et le fer. 11 Les ferblantiers tiennent le fer blanc. 12 Les ortevres tiennent l'or, l'argent, et le bronze. 13 Que contient cette boite? 14 Ellecontiontdu plorab. 15 Yos ecoliera deviennent-ils attentifs? 16 Mes ecolieres de- viennent trea attentives. 17 Quand revenez-vous a Paris? 18 Nous revenons dans line heure. 19 Nous revenons bientot. E x E BCISB 72. 1 What do you hold ? 2 I hold my pen and ray book. 8 When do you come to Paris? 4 We come FEE X Cn COURSE. 131 to Paris to-morrow. 5 Does that box belong to your brother ? 6 It belongs to my mother. 7 What does it contain? 8 It contains gold, silver, and copper. 9 Does not that tin belong to the tinman ? 10 The tin and copper belong to the tinman. 11 What do the goldsmiths hold? 12 They hold bronze and gold. 13 The merchants keep copper and iron. 14 The goldsmiths keep (the) gold and (the) silver. 15 Does your companion come soon ? 16 He comes in an hour. 17 Are those little girls becoming attentive? 18 They are becoming very attentive. 19 Are you coining to Xew York ? 20 We are not coming to Xew York. 21 We return to-morrow. 22 We obtain (des) metals. 23 To whom does that brush belong? 24 It belongs to my father. 25 Those brushes belong to my mother. LE£OX XXXYIII. LESSOX XXXYIII. THIRD CONJUGATION. — EXDIXG IX OIR. 1. The regular verbs of the third conjugation end in EVOIR. 2. In the present of the indicative the terminations are, ow, ois^ oit, evons, evez, oivent. 3. In the verba of this conjugation, the c takes a cedilla ( c, ) when it comes before o and u. 132 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 4. Present of the Indicative of Devoir, to owe, AND ReCEVOIR, TO RECEIVE. Je d-ois. I owe. Tu d-ois. Thou owest. II d-oit. He owes. Elle d-oit. She owes. Nous d-evons. We owe. Vous d-evez. Y~ou owe. lis d-oivent. They oice. Je rec-ois. Ta reg-ois. II reg-oit. Elle reg-oit. Nous rec-evons. Vous rec-evez. Us reg-oivent. I receive. Thou receivest. He receives. She receives. We receive. You receive. They receive. INTERROGATIVE FORM. Est-ce que je dois ? Dois-tu ? Doit-il ? Doit-elle ? Devon s-nous ? Devez-vous ? Doivent-ils ? Est-ce que je recois ? Regois-tu? Recoit-il? Recoit-elle? Do I owe? Dost thou oice f Does he owe ? Does she owe ? Do we owe ? Do you owe ? Do they owe ? Do I receive ? Dost thou receive f Docs he r< cekh f Doi $ she receive f FRENCH COURSE, 133 Recevons-nous ? Do we receive ? Recevez-vous ? Do you receive ? Regoivent-ils ? Do they receive ? 5. There are only seven regular verbs in this con- jugation : Percevoir, to collect duties, taxes. Recevoir, to receive. Redevoir, to owe again. Ape rce voir, to perceive. Concevoir, to conceive. Decevoir, to deceive. Devoir, to owe. 6. Combien? How muchl how many ? Beaucoup. Much, many. Combien recevez-vous? How much do you receive? Je re^ois beaucoup. I receive much. 7. Before a noun-DE follows combien and beaucoup. Combien de livres ? How many boohs ? Beaucoup de personnes. Many persons. Model Sentences. Combien devez-vous? Je dois dix dollars. A qui devons-nous ? Vous devez a tout le monde. Recevez-vous des lettres ? Mon cousin reeoit un billet. Nous recevons de l'argent. Vous n'apercevez pas l'enfant. lis apercoivent le chien. Combien recevez-vou3 ? • How much do you owe ? I owe ten dollars. To whom do we owe? You owe every body. Do you receive letters f My cousin receives a note. We receive money. You do not perceive the child. They perceive the dog. How much do you receive t 134 FASQUELLE S IXTKODUCTOBV Nous recevons six francs. Yous ne recevez rien. We receive six francs. You receive nothing. Vocabulary. Api es-midi, f. Afternoon. Argent, m. Money. Aujourd'hui, To-day. Bagatelle, f. Trifle. Capitaine, m. Captain. Cocher, m. Coachman. Denx, Two. Domestique, m. Servant. Dollar, m. Dollar. Franc, m. Franc. Frere, m. Brother. Gages, m. pi Wages, Ilonoraires, m. pi. Fees. Joli, Pretty. Lettre, f. Letter. Libraire, m. Bookseller. Matin, m. Morning. Medecin, m. Physician. Mille, Thousand. Ne — que, But, only. Oiseau, m. Bird. Presque, Almost. Quelque chose, Anything, something. Qui, Who, whom. Rien, Nothing, not any* thing. Rue, f. Street. Six, Six. Soldat, m. Soldier. Solde, Pay. Toujours, Always. Exercise 73. 1 Devez-vous quelque chose ? 2 Je ne dois rien. 3 Votre frere doit-il beaucoup d'argent ? 4 II doit deux mille dollars. 5 Reeevez-vous vos lettres ce matin ? G Je re^oia une lettre de mon frere. 7 N'a- percevez-voua pas Its jolis oiseaux ? 8 Je n'aper$ois pas les oiseaux. 9 Nous apercevons nos amis dans la FRENCH COURSE. 135 rue. 10 A qui devez-vous six francs? 11 Je dois six francs a mon libraire. 12 Ce soldat doit-il beaucoup ?■ 13 II ne doit que deux dollars. 14 II ne doit presque rien. 15 Est-ce que je dois beaucoup? 16 Vous ne devez qu'une bagatelle. 17 Le capitaine ne regoit pas sa solde. 18 Les medecins reqoivent leurs honoraires. 19 Nos domestiques reqoivent toujours leurs gages. 20 Nous ne devons rien a notre cocher. Exercise 74. 1 How much do we receive ? 2 We receive three francs this afternoon. 3 Do you owe anything to the physician ? 4 I owe ray physician ten dollars. (Liter- ally : I owe ten dollars to my physician?) 5 Our phy- sicians receive their fees to-day. 6 Do you not per- ecive the bird ? 71 perceive nothing. 8 Does not your brother perceive the soldier in the street? 9 He per* ceives the physician. 10 Does not your physician re- ceive his fee? 11 The physician receives his fee this morning. 12 Do you not owe much money? 13 We owe almost nothing. 14 The captains do not receive their pay. 15 Our coachman receives his wages. 16 Do you owe your servants anything? (In French, the words should be placed thus : Do you owe anything to your servant?) 17 We owe ten dollars. 18 The soldier does not owe much. 19 We only owe six dol- lars. 20 How much does your bookseller owe? 21 He owes almost nothing. 22 We owe but a trifle. 23 Do I owe anything? 24' You owe nothing. 25 I do not receive anything to-day. 136 FASQ U ELLE S INTRODUCTORY LEgON XXXIX. LESSON XXXIX. VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. — ENDING IN RE. 1. The regular verbs of this conjugation end mostly in endre and ondre. 2. The terminations of the present of the indicative are, efe, ds y d, dons, dez, dent. 3. Present of the Indicative of Entendre, to HEAR, TO UNDERSTAND, AND PeRDRE, TO LOSE. J'enten-ds. Tu enten-ds. II enten-d. Elle enten-d. Nous enten-dons. Vous enten-dez. lis enten-dent. Je per-ds. Tu per-ds. II per-d. Elle per-d. Nous per-dons. Vous per-dez. lis per-dent. I hear. Thou hearest. He understands. She hears. We hear. You understand. They hear. I lose. Thou losest. He does lose. She loses. We lose. You lose. They lose. INTERROGATIVE FORM. Est-ec que j'entends ? Entends-tu ? Entend-il? EntencUelle? Do I hear? Dost thou understand ? Does he hear f Does she hearf FRENCH COURSE. 137 Entendons-iious ? Do we hear ? Eutendez-vous ? Do you hear ? Entendent-ils ? Do they hear ? Est-ce que je perds ? Do Hose ? Perds-tu ? " Dost thou lose ? Perd-il ? Does he lose ? Perd-elle ? Is she losing ? Perdons-nous ? Do we lose ? Perdez-vous? Are you losing? Perdent-ils ? Do they lose ? 3. Conjugate in the same manner : Attendre, to icait for, to Pretendre, to pretend. expect. Rendre, to render, to return. Descendre, to go or come Repandre, to spin, to spread. doicn. Repondre, to answer. Mordre, to bite. Yendre, to sell, &c. Model Sentences. Yendez-vous beaucoup de Do you sell many books ? livres ? Nous vendoris beaucoup de We sell much paper. papier. Perdez-vous vos livres ? Do you lose your boohs ? Nous perdons notre argent. We lose our money. Descendez-vous bientot ? Do you come down soon f Nous deseendons dans un mo- We are coming down in a mo- ment. menf. Xous attendons des livres. We are expecting boolcs. Vous attendez votre frere. You are expecting your brother. 138 fasquelle's introductory Est-ce que je vends trop cher? Do I sell too dear? Vou3 no vendez pas trop cher. You do not sell too dear. Nous rendons l'argent. We return the money. Vous descendez trop tot. You come down too soon. Vocabulary. Associe, m. Partner. Mordre, To bite. Attendre, To expect, to wait Mouton, m. Sheep. for. Perdre, To lose. Berger, m. Shepherd. Personne, Nobody, any* Cafe, m. Coffee. body. Chien, m. Dog. Quel, Quelle, What, ichich. Deux, Two. Que, What. Descendre, To go or come Qui, Whom. down. Rend re, To render, to re- Da tout, At all. turn. Enveloppe, f. Envelope. Repandre, To spill, to Fermier, m. Farmer. spread. Ileure, f. Hour, time, Repondre, To answer, to o'clock. reply. Kilogramme, m. Kilo- Seize, Sixteen. gramme (about two The, m. Tea. pounds). Tondre, To shear. Libraire, m. Bookseller. Trois, Three. Livre, f. Pound. Vend re, To sell. Exercise 75. 1 Qui attendez vous ? 2 Nous attendons notre as- boci£. S N'attencjez-vous personne ? 4 J'attends ma FKEKCH COURSE. 139 soeur. 5 Le libraire vend-il des enveloppes? 6 II vend des enveloppes et du papier. 7 Le cbien ne raord-il pas ? 8 II ne mord personne. 9 A quelle heure descendez-vous ? 10 Je descends a trois heures. 11 Le fermier tond-il ses moutons ? 12 Son berger tond les moutons. 13 Pourquoi ne rendez-voiis pas les seize francs ? 14 Est-ce que je reponds bien ? 15 Vous repondez correctement (correctly). 16 Que repondez- vous a cela ? 17 Je ne reponds rien du tout. 18 Coni- bien de cafe vendez-vous ? 19 Xous vendons dix livres de cafe et deux kilogrammes de the. Exercise 76. 1 Does that dog bite ? 2 My dog does not bite. 3 At what hour do you come down ? 4 We come down at three o'clock {heures). 5 Do you not expect the farmer? 6 We do not expect the farmer, Ave ex- pect the shepherd. 7 Does not the shepherd shear your brother's sheep ? 8 The shepherd shears my sheep. 9 Do I not answer well ? 10 You do not answer well. 11 My brother does not answer well. 12 Do you sell envelopes ? 13 I sell envelopes. 14 Do you sell a kilogramme of tea? 15 We sell a pound of tea and a kilogramme of coffee. 16 What do von spill? 17 I spill my tea and (my)* coffee. 18 Do I spill your coffee ? 19 Do I lose my money ? 20 Do you expect any person ? 21 I expect nobody. 22 We expect our sister this morning. ' 23 What do you answer? 24 I answer nothing at all. 25 I am wait- 140 fasquell.es ixteoductory ing for my father and (my) mother. 26 The book- seller does not sell tea. LEgON XL. LESSON XL. FOURTH CONJUGATION, CONTINUED. VERBS ENDING IN UIRE. 1. Those verbs of the fourth conjugation, which end in uire, are irregular. 2. The terminations of the present of the indicative are, ,9, s, £, so?is, sez, sent. 3. Present of the Indicative of Conduire, to CONDUCT, AND TRADUIRE, TO TRANSLATE. Je condui-s. Tu condui-s. II condui-t. Elle condui-t. Nous condui-sons. Vous condui-sez. Us condui-sent. Je tradui-s. Tu tradui-s. U tradui-t. Elle tradui-t. Nous ti adui-sons. Vbus tradui-sez. Us tradui-sent. I conduct. Thou leadest. He conducts. She leads. We conduct. You lead. They lead. I translate. Thou translates^ He translates. She translates. 117 t ran shite. You translate. They translate. ■ FRENCH COCTRSE. 141 INTERROGATIVE FORM. Est-ce que je conduis? Conduis-tu ? Conduit-il ? Conduit-elle? Conduisons-nous ? Conduisez-vous ? Conduisent-ils? Est-ce que je traduis ? Traduis-tu ? Traduit-il? Traduit-elle ? Traduisons-nous ? Traduisez-vous ? Traduisent-ils ? Do Head? Dost thou conduct ? Does he lead? Does she lead? Do we lead ? Do you lead ? Do they lead ? Do I translate ? Dost thou translate ? Does he translate ? Does she translate ? Do we translate ? Are you translating ? Are they translating ? 4. The following verbs are conjugated like the above : Construire, to construct. Instruire, to instruct. Cuire, to cook. Produire, to produce. Detruire, to destroy. Reduire, to reduce. Introduire, to introduce. Seduire, to seduce. 5. Que. Whom, vihicJi. L'enfant que je conduis. The child whom Head. Le livre que je traduis. The book which I translate Model Sentences. Oa conduisez-vous le garcon ? Where do you lead the hoy ? Je conduis l'enfant dans le jar- I conduct the child into the gar- din. den. 142 FAS QUELL ES INTRODUCTORY Dctruisez-vous cette lettre ? Nous detruisons ce livre. Instruisons-nous les ecoliers ? Quelle legem traduisez-vous ? Est-ce que je traduis bien ? La demoiselle traduit ce livre. Cette terre produit tres bien. Nous conduisons nos amis. Vous introduisez vos connais- sauces. Yous construisez une belle maison. Do you destroy that letter ? We are destroying that booh. Do we instruct the scholars? What lesson do you translate ? Do I translate well? Tlie young lady translates that booh. Tliat land produces very well. We are conducting our friends. You introduce your acquaint- ances. You construct a beautiful house. Vocabulary. Assez, Enough. Beauooup, Much, many. Bien, Very, well, easy. Boulanger, m. Baker. Combien, How much, how many. Conduire, To conduct, to take, to lead. Cuire, To cook, to bake. Desespoir, m. Despair. Detruire, To destroy. Difficile, Difficult. Ecole, f. School Ecolier, m. Scholar. Eglise, £ Church. Facile, Easy. Four, ra. Ove?i. Introduire, To introduce. Instruire, To instruct. Jar din, m. Garden. Le^on, f. Lesson. Legume, m. Vegetable. Mai, Badly. Page, f. Page. Plume, f. Pen. Produire, To produce. Que, What, which, ichom. Recevoir, To receive. lied aire, To reduce. Terre, f. Estate. Trad aire, To translate* Viande, f. Meat. F BENCH COTJPwSE. 143 ElEKCISE 77. 1 Est-ce que je trad iris mal ? 2 Xon, raon enfant, vous traduisez assez bien. 3 Traduisez-vous les livres que vous recevez ? 4 Xous traduisons cenx que nous recevons. 5 Conduisez-vous vos enfants a l'eglise ? 6 Je conduis ceux de mon frere a l'ecole. 7 Traduisez-vous uue lecon difficile ? 8 La lecon que je traduis est Lien facile. 9 Votre jardin produit-il beaucoup ? 10 II pro- duit beaucoup de legumes. 11 Xous reduisons nos amis au desespoir. 12 Combien de pages traduisons-nous? 13 Combien d'ecpliers instruisons-nous ? 14 Xous cuisons des legumes. 15 Le boulanger cuit le pain. 16 Le four ne cuit pas bien. 17 Ces legumes ne cuisent pas bien. 18 Pourquoi n'introduisez-vous pas votre frere ? 19 Pourquoi detruisez-vous cette jilume ? Exercise 73. 1 How many scholars do you instruct ? 2 I instruct twenty scholars. 3 Do I cook the vegetables enough ? 4 You cook the vegetables enough. 5 The baker does not cook the bread well. (Put bien before pain.) 6 Do you cook meat? 7 Xo, sir, we cook bread. 8 Where do you take {conduct) your brother ? 9 I take him to school. 10 Why do we not take our children to church? 11 We take them to church. 12 Why do you not translate? 13 I am translating my lesson. 14 Am I translating? 15 How many pages do we translate? 10 The book which we are translating is not very difficult. 17 Does your garden produce good 144 fasquelle's introductory vegetables? 18 It produces good vegetables. 19 You do not reduce our friends to (au) despair. 20 Does your oven Lake well ? 21 We cook our meat much. 22 Do you destroy your books? 23 Do I destroy the book which I receive ? 24 You destroy your books. 25 The lessons which I translate are not very difficult. LEQON XLI. LESSON XLI. FOURTH CONJUGATION, CONTINUED.— VERBS ENDING IN AITBE AND OITRE. 1. The principal irregular verbs of the fourth conju- gation, ending with the above terminations, are : Cormaitre, to know, to be Reconnaitre, to recognize. acquainted with. Croitre, to grow. Disparaitre, to disappear. Decroitre, to decrease, to Paraitre, to appear. grow less. 2. The terminations of the present of the indicative of these verbs are : 1. Ais, ais, alt, aissons, aissez, aissent. 2. Ois, ois, oitj oissoyis, oissez, oissent. (o instead of a). 3. Present of the Indicative of ConnaItre, to KXOW, AND CROiTRE, TO GROW. Je conn-ais. I am acquainted with. To conn-ais. Thou art acquainted with. II conn-ait. He knows, Elle conn-ait. She is acquainted with. FRENCH COURSE. 145 Nous conn-aissons. Vous conn-aissez. lis conn-aissent. Je cr-ois. Tu cr-ois. II cr-oit. Elle cr-oit. Xous cr-oissons. Vous cr-oissez. lis cr-oissent. We know. You are acquainted with. They know. I grow. Thou art growing. He grows. She grows. We grow. You grow. They grow. INTERROGATIVE FORM. Est-ce que je connais' Conuais-tu ? Connait-il ? Connait-elle ? Connaissons-nous ? Conn aissez-v ous ? Conuaisseut-ils ? Est-ce que je crois? Crois-tu? Croit-il? Croit-elle ? Croissons-nous ? Croissez-vous ? • Croissent-ils ? Do I know ? Dost thou know ? Does he know ? Does she know ? Do r we know ? Do you know t Do they know ? Do I grow ? Art thou growing ? Does he grow ? Does she grow ? Do we grow ? Are you growing ? Do they grow ? Model Sentences. Je connais votre frere. / am acquainted with your brother. Connaissez-vous cette dame? Do you know that lady? 10 146 fasquelle's inteoductoey Est-ce que je connais ce mon- Am I acquainted with that gen- sieur ? tleman t Vous paraissez tres faerie. You appear very angry. Est-ce que je parais bieu aise ? Do I appear very glad f Ces 1,'gumes croissent rapide- Those vegetables grow rapidly. merit. Les jours decroissentlentement. TJie days decrease slowly. Je reconnais ces demoiselles. I recognize those young ladies. Est-ce que vous reconnaissez Do you know that house again ? cette maison ? (See Lesson 33, E. 3. Recoimaissez-vous cette rue ? Do you recognize that street? Je ne. reconnais personne ici. I recognize nobody here. V O C ABUL A R Y. Afflige, Grieved. Lentement, Slowly. Bien, Well, very. Malade, Sick. Bientdt, Soon. Oncle, m. Uncle. Brouillard, m. Fog. Paraitre, To appear, to Conn ait re, To know, to be seem. acquainted ivith. Parent, m. Relation. Croitre, To grow, to in- Peintre, m. Painter. crease. Personne, Nobody, not any- Decroitre, To decrease. body. Disparaitre, To disappear. Rapidement, Rapidly. Et6, m. Summer. % Reconnaitre, To recognize. F&che, Angry, sorry. Tableau, m. Picture. Fruit, m. Fruit. Toujours, Always. Jour, m. Day. Tout, All. Ici, Here. Triste, Sad. Legume, m. Vegetable. Vite, Quick, quickly. french course. 147 Exercise 79. 1 Connaissez-vous mon cousin ? 2 Je connais tous vos parents. 3 Connaissons-nous quelqu'un ici ? 4 Nous ne connaissons personne. 5 Les jours crois- seiii-ils rapidement ? 6 Les jours croissent lentement. 7 Le fruits et les legumes croissent rapidement. 8 Le brouillard disparait lentement. 9 Vous disparaissez bientot. 10 Reconnaissez-vous vos amis? 11 Je ne reconnais personne. 12 Xe reconnaissons-nous pas cette demoiselle? 13 Est-ce que je parais triste ? 14 Vous paraissez bien triste. 15 Cette demoiselle parait toujours tres affligee. 16 Je ne reconnais pas 4 la maison de votre oncle. 17 Est-ce que je ne recon- nais pas mes habillements ? 18 Vous n3 reconnaissez pas les tableaux de votre peintre. 19 Ces demoiselles paraissent tres fachees aujourd'hui. Exercise 80. 1 Do I appear angry ? 2 You do not appear angry, sir. 3 Do you not know your friend? 4 I always recognize (put always after recognize in French) my friends. 5 Do you know anybody here? 6 Your brother knows nobody here. 7 Your cousin disap- pears soon. 8 You disappear rapidly. 9 Our poor sister appears very sad. 10 Do you recognize those young ladies? 11 I recognize your friend's sisters. 12 Do not your children grow very rapidly ? 13 Those little children grow very slowly, they are sick. 14 The days decrease slowly in summer. 15 Those fruits and (those) vegetables do not grow very fast. 16 Your 148 fasquelle's introductory sister docs not look grieved, but you look sad. 17 Do I recognize my clothes? 18 You recognize your clothes. 19 Your uncle does not recognize anybody. 20 Do you know that painter ? 21 Do you recognize his picture? 22 I do not recognize his picture. 23 Does your uncle appear angry to-day ? 24 He does not appear angry. LEQOX XLII. LESSOX XLII. FOURTH CONJUGATION, CONTINUED. VERBS ENDING IN IXDRE. 1. There are fourteen irregular verbs ending in indre, the principal are: Atteindre, to reach, to at- Feindre, to ftign, to pre- tain. tend. Ceindre, to gird. Joindre, to join. Contraindre, to constrain. Peindre, to paint. Craindre, to fear. Plaindre, to pity. Eteindre, to extinguish. Teindre, to elye, to tint. 2. The terminations 6T the present of the indicative are, ras, ws, nt, g)wns, gnez, gnent. 3. Pkesext of the Indicative of Craindre, to FEAR) and Peindre, to paixt. Je crai-ns. I fear. Tu crai-ns. Thou fear est. II crai-nt. He fears. Elle crai-nt. /She fears. FRENCH COURSE. N"ous crai-gnons. TFe^fear. Vous crai-gnez. You fear. lis crai-gnent. They fear. Je pei-ns. I paint. Tu pei-ns. Thou art painting 11 pei-nt. He paints. Elle pei-nt. She paints. Nous pei-gnons. We paint. Vous pei-gnez. You are painting. lis pei-gnent. They paint. INTERROGATIVE FORM. Est-ce que je crams ? Do I fear ? Crains-tu ? Dost thou fear ? Craint-il ? Does he fear ? Craint-elle ? - Does she fear ? Craignons-nous ? Do we fear ? Craignez-vous ? Do you fear ? Craignent-ils ? Do they fear? Est-ce que je peins ? Do I paint ? Peins-tu ? Dost thou paint? Peint-il ? Does he paint f Peint-elle ? Does she paint ? Peignous-nous ? Are ice painting ? Peignez-vous ? Do you paint ? Peignent-ils ? Are they painting 149 M o D e l Sentences. Que peignez-vcus ? What are you painting f Je peins le portrait de voire I am painting your brother's frere. portrait. 150 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY Est-ce que je peins bien ? Ne plaignez-vous pas ce pauvre hoiume ? Je plains cette rnalbeureuse femme. Yous feignez d'etre bien fiche. Nous feignons d'etre bien aises. Les teinturiers ne teignent pas bien. Nous teignons de la toile. Est-ce que j'eteins la lampe ? Le petit garcon eteint la chan- delle. Yous craignez le cbien. lis craignent leur pere. Do I paint well f Do you not pity that poor man ? I pity that unfortunate woman. You pretend to he very angry. We pretend to he very glad. The dyers do not dye well. We are dying linen. Am I extinguishing the lamp? The little hoy puts out the candle. You fear the dog. TJiey fear their father. Vocabulary. Atteindre, To attain, to reach, to overtake. Chandelle, f. Candle. Cheval, ra. Horse. Cbien, m. Dog. C rain d re, To fear. Docile, Gentle. Domestique, m. Servant. Eteindre, To extinguish, to ])ltt out. fitude, f. Study. Feindre, To feign, to pre- tend. Feu, m. Fire. Gaz, m. Gas. Industrie, f. Industry. Join d re, To join. Malbeureux, m. Unfortu- ate. Mecbant, Cross, wicked. Moyen, m. Means. Morceau, ni. Piece. Parceque, -Because. Parents, m. Parents. Peindre, To paint. Peintre, ra. Painter. Plaindrc, To pity. Portrait, ra. Portrait. FEENCH COURSE. 151 Pourquoi, Why. Teindre, To dye. Salon, ra. Drawing-room. Teinturier, m. Dyer. Tableau, m. Picture. Toile, f. Linen. Exercise 81. 1 Eteio-nez-roiis la chandelle ? 2 Nous etei°rnons la chandelle et le feu. 3 Le dornestique eteint le gaz dans le salon. 4 N'atteignez-vous pas votre frere dans ses etudes? 5 Nous n'atteignons pas notre frere.. 6 Ne craignez-vous pas vos parents ? 7 Je crains mes parents. 8 Pourquoi craignez-vous ce chien ? 9 Je crains le chien, parcequ'il parait tres mediant. 10 Votre peintre ne peint-il pas un portrait? 11 Nous peignons un grand tableau. 12 Est-ce que je ne plains pas les malheureux ? 13 Vous ne plaignez pas les malheureux. 14 Nous plaignons les malheureux que nous connaissons. 15 La toile que nous teignons n'est pas bonne. 16 Nous joignons nos moyens et notre Industrie. 17 Pourquoi ne joignez-vous pas ces morceaux ? 18 Est-ce que je feins d'etre fache ? 19 Vous feignez d'etre bien fache. Exercise 82. 1 What are you painting ? 2 I am painting your brother's portrait. 3 Does that painter paint a large picture ? 4 He paints his cousin's portrait. 5 Why do you not put those pieces together (join those pieces)? G I join all the pieces which I have. 7 Do I fear that, t large dog ? 8 You appear to (leave out to) fear the dog. 9 Your friend does not appear to fear his father. 152 FASQUELLK'S IiNTEOBUCIOEY 10 Do you not fear my horse ? 11 I do not fear your horse, he appears very gentle. 12 Do you not pity that unfortunate man? 13 We pity the unfortunate. 14 Do we overtake our friends in their studies? 15 Why do you not put out the gas? 16 We put out the gas and the fire. 17 You join your means and (your) industry. 18 Do you pretend to he (d'etre) very sad ? 19 That young lady pretends to be very angry. 20 Do you dye that cloth ? 21 The dyer dyes that cloth. 22 lie dyes two large pieces of linen. 23 We pity those ladies. 24 Does the servant put out the candle ? 25 He puts out the fire. LECO^ T XLIII. . LESSON XLIII. THE PRONOUNS. THEIR TLACE. E2T, F. 1. The following personal pronouns are placed before the verb : Me, Me, to me. Te, Thee, to thee. Le, Him, it in the masculine. La, Her, it in the feminine. Lui, To him, to her. Nous, l\i, to us. Vol's, Vou, to you. Lbs, Them, masculine or feminine. Leub, To them, masculine or feminine. FRENCH COURSE. 153 Vous me blamez, You blame me. Vous me parlez, You speak to me. Vous le punissez, You punish him. We speak to him. We speak to her. II nous doivent de l'argent, They owe us money. II nous entendent, They hear us. Xous lui parlons, j 2. The relative pronouns : Ex, Of it j of them, some, any. Y, To it, to them, at that place, there, thither ; come also before the verb. J'en parle, I speak of it. J'en donne, I give some. J'y vais, -T go there. 3. En and y are used generally with reference to tilings, and must be expressed in French, although the corresponding words may be left out in English. Avez-vous des livres ? Have you books ? J'en ai. I have (some). Y allez-vous ? Do you go there ? J'y vais. I do. lAt.,I go there. Model Sentences. Me louez-vous ? Do you praise me f Jc ne vous loue pas ; je vous I do not praise you, I blame blame. you. Est-ce que je vous prete un Do I lend you a book t livre ? Yous ne me pretez rien. You do not lend me any tiling. 154 FASQUELLES INTRODUCTORY Je voas rends votre argent. Je le rends a votre pere. Avez-vous de l'argent ? Je n'en ai pas. Nous en devons beaucoup. Ne nous attendez-vous pas ? Nous les attendons ce matin. Nous y allons maintenant. I return you your money. I return it to your father. Have you any money f I have not (any). We oive much (of it). Do you not expect us ? We expect them this morning. We are going there now. Vocabulary. The number after the verb indicates the conjugation to which it belongs. Acajou, m. Mahogany. Acheter, 1. To buy. Aller,* 1. To go. An nee, f. Year. Argent, m. Money. Dollar, m. Dollar. Ebeniste, m. Cabinet- maker. Entendre, 4. To hear. Fauteuil, m. Arm-chair. Attendre, 4. To wait, to Fermier, m. Farmer, expect. Flatter, 1. To flatter. Aujourd'hui, To-day. Loner, I. To praise. Beau, Handsome, beauti- Menuisier, m. Joiner. /ai. Blamer, 1. To blame. Casser, 1. To break. Chaise, f. Chair. ] )emain, To-morrow. Demand er, 1. To ask for. Donner, 1. To give. Parler, 1. To speak. Pourquoi, Why. Recevoir, 3. To receive. Tout, In. Vendre, 4. To sell. Venir,f 2. To come. Voir, 3. To see. * See Lesson 3 I. f See Lesson 37. french course. 155 Exercise 83. 1 Le menuisier vient me parler. 2 Le libraire va vous donner du papier. 3 Ne demandez-vous pas mon cousin ? 4 Je le demande. 5 Nous ne le demandons pas. 6 Nous venons vous voir. 7 Allez-vous voir le fermier aujourd'hui ? 8 Nous allons le voir. 9 Quel beau livre nous donnez-vous ? 10 Je ne vous donne pas de livre, je n'en ai pas. 11 Me vendez-vous le drap ? 12 Je ne vous vends pas de drap. 13 Je n'en vends pas, car je n'en ai pas. 14 Ne nous entendez- vous pas ? 15 Nous ne vous entendons pas. 16 Ne les attendez-vous pas cette annee? 17 Nous n# les attendons pas cette annee. 18 Votre frere ne reqoit- il pas tout son argent? 19 II ne le recoit pas. 20 Vous les blamez, nous les louons, et le menuisier les flatte. Exercise 84. 1 Do you break the arm-chair ? 2 I do not break it. 3 Does the cabinet-maker give you the mahogany chair? 4 He does not give it, he sells it to the joiner. 5 Does the cabinet-maker come to speak to you ? 6 He goes to speak to my father. 7 Do you expect me ? 8 I do not expect you this morning. 9 Do you not hear me ? 10 I do not hear you. 11 Do you not receive your money? 12 I do not receive it. 13 Do you not praise him to-day ? 14 No, sir, I do not praise him, I blame him. 15 Why do you not sell us the cloth? 16 Have you the money this morning? 17 Yes, sir, we have it. 18 Have you any money to- 156 fasquelle's introductory day? 19 Yes, sir, Ave have some, we have twenty dollars. 20 Does the cabinet-maker give you all his money ? ' 21 He does not give it. 22 Do you expect me to-day ? 23 We do not expect you to-day, we expect you to-morrow. 24 Do you not sell me the mahogany chair? 25 I do not sell it. 26 The cabinet- maker sells it. 27 We sell the chairs, we do not give them. LEQOX XLIV. LESSOX XLIV. PRONOUNS, CONTINUED. 1. When the French personal pronouns are preceded by a preposition, (in English, by a preposition other than to), they come after the verb. They assume the follow ing forms : De moi, Avec moi, Apres moi, &c. Of ov from me, With me, After me- Do toi, Avec toi, Avant toi. Of thee, With thee, Before thee. De lui, Avec lui, Apres ml Of him, With him, After him. D'elle, Avec elle, Apres elle. Of her, With her, After her. Do nous, Avec nous, Avant nous. Of us, With us. Before us. De vous, Avec vous, Aprcs vous. Of you, With you, After you. D'eux, Avec eux, Apres eux. Of them, With them. After them. D'elles, Apres elles, Avec elles. Of them, After them. With them. Votre fere parle de moi, Your brother speed's of me. Nous sommes avec vous, 71^ are with you. Mon ami vient apres moi, My friend comes after me. 2. The preposition chez, used in connection with a noun or one of the above pronouns, means literally, at or to the house of. FRENCH COURSE. . 157 -., _ . \ At my shoemakers house. Chez mon cordonmer, i A , 7 , ( At my shoemaker's. Je vais chez le serrurier, I am going to the lock- srnitfcs. Chez nous, At our house. Chez lui, At his house. Chez elle, At her house. Yenez chez nous. Come to our house. Model Sentences. Yenez-vous chez moi ? Are you going to my house? Nous allons chez votre mar- We are going to your merchant's. chand. Lui offrez-vous le livre ? Do you offer him the book? Je ne lui offre rien. / offer him nothing. II n'attend rien de moi. He expects nothing from me. Yous fermez la porte apres moi. You shut the door after me. Vous m'ouvrez la porte. You open the door to me. Nous sortons avant eux. We go out before them. Nous les conduisons a l'ecole. We take them to school. Nous les y conduisons. We take them there. Ne cueillez-vous pas les fleurs ? Do you not pick the flowers ? Je ne les cueille pas. I do not pick them. Je n'en cueille pas. I do not pick any. Pourquoi les punissez-vous ? TT7iz/ do you punish them ? Je re^ois des fleurs d'eux. I receive flowers from them. Vocabulary. Arnitie, f. Friendship. Attend re, 4. To expect, to Apr&s, After. wait for. Argent, m. Money. Au moins, At least. 158 fasquelle's introductory Avant, Before. Officier, m. Officer. Avec, With. Offrir,t 2. To offer. Billet, in. Note. Paysage, m. Landscape. Chambre, f. Room. Peindre,§ 4. To paint. Charbon, m. Coal. Pour, For. Compagne, f. Companion. Qui, Whom. Conn ait re,* 4. To know. Recevoir, 3. To receive. Construire,f4. To construct. Reconnaitre,* 4. To recog- Demander, 1. To ask, to nize. ask for. Serre, f. Hot-house, green- Intime, Intimate. house. Jardinier, m. Gardener. Sortir,|| 2. To go out. Maison, f. House. Voyageur, in. Traveller. Exercise 85. 1 Attendez-vous un billet du voyageur ? 2 J'at- tends un billet de lui. 3 Peignez-vous ce paysage pour elle ou pour lui ? 4 Je le peins pour elle. 5 Votre compagne etait-elle avec sa sceur ? 6 Elle etait avec elle et avec raoi. 7 Nous vous attendons chez moi. 8 Les offieiers sont-ils chez mon pere ? 9 Oui, mon- sieur, ils sont chez lui. 10 Construisez-vous une maison pour le jardinier ? 11 Je construis une serre pour lui. 12 Sortez-vous avant lui? 13 Je sors au moins une heure apres lui. 14 Je lui donne de l'argent et je recois du charbon de lui. 15 Ou les attend ez- vous ? 1G Je les attends chez leurs amis intimes. 17 Ne les * Seo Lesson -LI. \ Lesson 40. \ Lesson 34. § Lesson 42. I Lesson 3G. FRENCH COUESE. 159 connaissez-vous pas? 18 Je ne les reconnais pas. 19 Je vous demande cela. 20 J'attends cela de vous et de votre amitie. Exercise 88. 1 For whom do you construct that house, for him or or me ? 2 I construct it for you. 3 We construct it for her. 4 Does he not paint with you ? 5 No, sir, he paints with her. 6 Are not the travelers at your father's with him ? 7 No, sir, they are at my intimate friend's. 8 Do you expect a note from me ? 9 I ex- pect a letter from her. 10 For whom does the mason construct that hot-house? 11 He constructs it for me. 12 Do you go out before him? 13 I go out of the room after him. 14 Do you offer me that book? 15 I offer the book to him. 16 Do you receive letters from her? 17 I receive letters from them. 18 Do you live at their house ? 19 I live at my brother's house. 20 Do you know them? 21 I do not know them. 22 Do you know the officers who live at my house? 23 I know them. 24 Where do you expect me ? 25 I expect you at your brother's or at your sister's. LEgON XLV. LESSON XLV. RESPECTIVE POSITION OP THE PRONOUNS. 1. When there are two pronouns, they are placed in the following order: M'BN, T'ejst, NOUS EN, VOUS EN, Vous me le clonnez, 1G0 fasquelle's introductory Me le * him or it, ) t , r - . uo me. Me les, them to me. Mb la, Aer or ??, ) , . ' I to thee. Te les, them to thee. 1e la, her or ^, j Nous le, him or ^, ) ' , - T 7 .wo ^s. iN ous les, them to us. -Nous la, her or z£, J Vous le, him or ^, ) ^ 7 ^ T 7 , uo yot^. Vous les, £/iem to you. Vous la, Aer or it, [ * . * some, any, of it, of them, ' some, cmy, o/* £Aem, any, of it, of them, some, any, of it, of them, ^ You give it to me. Vous no me le donnez pas, You do not give it to me. No us vous l'envoyons, IVe send it to you. II nous le prete. He lends it to us. II nous en donne, He gives us sonic (of it). > to me. to thee. to us. to you. * Lc and la become, of course, /' before a vowel or a silent h. FRENCH COURSE. 161 It will be seen that the pronoun representing the object follows me, te, nous, vous ; the literal transla- tion of the first of the sentences above would be : You to me it give, 2. The pronoun representing the object comes before the pronouns lui, to him, to her ; leur, to them / en however comes after lui and leur. ; lui, them, to her. Le lui, him or it, ) to him or T T ) to him or . y Lest- j to . ' y to them. Les leur, them, to them. La leur, her or it, ) La lui, her or it, ) to her, Le leur, him or it, Lui en, Leur en, to him or to her. > to them. some, any, of it, of them, some, any, of it, [ of them, I sell it to him or to her, Vous la lui recommandez, You recommend her to him or to her. Vous lui en donnez, You give him some (of it.) Nous la leur donnons We give it to them. Je la lui vends, Model Sentences. A qui pretez-vo-us ce canif ? To whom do you lend that pen- knife f Je vous le prete. / lend it to you. 11 162 FAS quelle' s introductory Le marcliand nous le donne; II ne me le donne pas. Le lui pretez-vous? Nous le lui protons. Nous ne vous le pretons pas. Nous ne vous en donnons pas. Ne m'en apportez-vous pas ? Je lui en demande. Je ne vous en demande pas. M'apportez-vous ma canne ? Je ne vous l'apporte pas. Je la lui apporte. Me rendez-vous mon encrier ? Je vous le rends. Nous vous le rendons. The merchant gives it to us. He does not give it to me. Do you lend it to him or to her? We lend it to him or to her. We do not lend it to you. We do not give you any {of it). Do you not bring me any ? I ask him for s6me. 1 do not ask you for any. Do you bring me my cane ? I do not bring it to you. I bring it to him or to her. Do you return my inkstand to me? I return it to you. We return it to you. Vocabulary. Apporter, 1* To bring. Aussi, Also. Bauquier, in. Banker* Beaucoup, Much, many. Certainement, Certainly. Chercher, 1. To seek, to look for. Cueilli, Picked, gathered. Cueillir,* 2. To gather, to pick. Devoir,f 3. To owe. Encore, Yet, again. Encrier, m. Inkstand. Entrer,l. Togo in, to come in. Expres, On purpose. Faute, f. Fault. Fleur, f. Flower. Offiir,* 2. To offer. Ouvrier, m. Workman. Ouvrir,* 2. To open. Pardonner, 1. To forgive. Porte, f. Door. * See Lesson 34. f See Lesson 38. FEE X CH COURSE. 163 Pour, For. To uj ours, Always. Pourquoi, Why. Ties, Very. Iiapporter, 1. Tobringbach. Trouver, 1. To find. Rend re,* 4. To return, to Venir,f 2. To come, give or bring back. Volontiers, m. 'Willingly. Exercise 87. 1 Rendez-vous 1' argent a votre banquier ? 2 Je le lui rends toujours. 3 Xe me rapportez-vous pas le mien ? 4 Je ne vous le rapporte pas encore. 5 Pour- quoi ne le lui offrez-vous pas ? 6 Je le cliercbe et je ne le trouve pas. 7 Pourquoi ne lui ouvrez-vous pas la porte ? 8 Je la lui ouvre, mais il n'entre pas. 9 Avez- vous cueilli cette belle fleur pour moi ? 10 J'ai cueilli la fleur pour vous ou pour votre amie. 11 Xe me devez-vous pas cet argent ? 12 Je vous le dois cer- tainement. 13 Votre ouvrier ne lui doit-il pas do l'argent ? 14 Oui, monsieur, il lui en doit beaucoup. 15 Xe m'en devez-vous pas aussi ? 16 Je ne vous en dois pas, monsieur. 17 M'apportez-vous l'argent que vous me devez? 18 Je vous l'apporte, monsieur, je viens expres. 19 Xe leur pardonnez-vous pas leurs fautes ? 20 Je les leur pardonne volontiers. Exercise 88. 1 Do )'ou bring us the money ? 2 We bring it to you, sir. 3 Why do you not bring them money ? * See Lesson 39. f Sec Lesson 37. 164 fasqutclle's ixtt?oi>ttctoi?t 4 We have not any, sir. 5 Why do you not return to me my inkstand ? 6 I return it to you, sir. 7 My sister brings it back to you. 8 Do you not forgive (a ces) those poor children? 9 I forgive (lew) them their fault willingly. 10 Do you not owe me that money ? Ill owe it to you, sir. 12 Our workmen do not owe it to you. 13 Do you not bring it to me ? 14 I bring it to you. I owe it to you. 15 Do you not pick my flowers for your brother? 16 N*o, sir, we pick them for our friend. .17 Do you bring them to me on pur- pose ? 18 We do not bring them to you on purpose. 19 Do you not open the door to him? 20 I open it to him. 21 Your workman owes me the money. 22 He owes it to me certainly. 23 Do you not return money to the banker ? 24 I return him some. 25 I do not find them. LEgOX XLYI. LESSOR XLVI. THE PAST PARTICIPLE. THE PAST INDEFINITE. 1. The terminations of the past participle are : 1st conjugation. 2d conjugation. 3d and 4th conjugation. Donn-e, Fin-i, Rec-u, Vend-u, given. finished. received. sold. 2. The past indefinite is formed of the present of the indicative of Avoir, to Juice, or in a few cases FBEXCH COURSE. 165 of £tre 5 to be* and the past participle of the principal verb.f 3. Past Ixdefixite of Doxxee, to give, Finir, to fixish, Devoir, to owe, axd Vend re, to sell, etc. J'ai donne. I have given. Tu as fini. Thou heat finished. II a recu. He has received. Xous avons rendu. We have sold. Vous avez porte. You have carried. lis ont parle. They have spoken. IXTEEEOQATIYE FOEM. . Ai-je donne ? Have I given ? Est-ce que j'ai fini ? \ Have I finished? As-tu recu ? Hast thou received? A-t-il vendu ? Has he sold ? Avons-nous porte ? Have vie carried ? Avez-vous parle ? Have you spoken ? Ont-ils recu? Have they received? 4. Sometimes the past indefinite is rendered in En- glish by the verb preceded t>y did, or by the imperfect alone. * ADer, to go, Arriver, to arrive, Mourir, to die, Naitre, to be born. ToQiber, to faU, Venir, to come, &c., take etre. See " Larger Course," §40, p. 321:. \ The rules on the variations of the past participle would only embarass the young student. They are therefore reserved for the " Larger Course." \ The first person of this tense may be used without est-ce que-; in Lmiliar conversation, however, this form is preferable. 188 FASQUELLE^S INTRODUCTORY Avez-vous vu raon frere Did you see my brother yes- hier? terclay ? Je 1'ai vu la semaine der- I saw him last week, niere. Model Sentences. Nous avons fini notre lecon. We have finished our lesson. Avez-vous parle au chirurgien ? Have you spoken to the surgeon ? Nous avons vendu nos mar- We have sold our goods. chandises. Avez-vous apporte ma lettre ? Have you brought my letter ? Ma soeur a apporte mes beaux My sister has brought my hand- livres. some boohs. Nous n' avons pas recu notre We have not received our money. argent. Yous avez donne de bons con- You have given good advice. soils. N'avez-vous pas fini votre Have you not finished your cxcr- theme ? cise ? JEst-ce que j'ai parle beaucoup ? Have I spoken much ? II a rencontre votre frere. He has met your brother. II ne Fa pas rencontre. He has not met him. ' Quand avez-vous vu mon cou- WJien did you see my cousin f sin? Je l'ai vu ce matin. I saw him this morning, Lui avez-vous parle hier ? Did you speak to him yesterday ? Je ne lui ai pas parle. I did not speak to him. Vocabulary. Acheter, 1. To buy. Apporter, 1. To briny. Apercevoir, 3. Toperceive. Argent, in. Money. FRENCH COURSE. 107 Chez, At or to the house of. Parapluie, m. Umbrella. Conduit, Taken, conducted, Parceque, Because. from Conduire. 4. Peigne, m. Comb. Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Perdre, 4. To lose. Dormer, 1. To give. Personne, JSFobody. Encore, Yet, again. Porter, 1. To carry. Finir, 2. To finish. Portrait, m. Portrait. Foin, m. Hay. Quand, "When. Hier, Yesterday. Recevoir, 3. To receive. Manger, 1. To eat. Revenu, m. Income. Marchandises, f. pi. Goods: Tasse, f. Cup. Matin, m. Morning. Vendre, 4. To sell. Panier, m. Basket. Vu, seen, from Voir. 3. Exercise 89. 1 Je vous ai donne le parapluie. 2 Vous m'avez vendu des marchandises. 3 On avez-vous porte la tasse ? 4 N'avez-vous pas perdu votre peigne ? 5 Je ne l'ai pas perdu, je l'ai apporte. 6 N'avez-vous pas fini mon portrait? 7 Je ne l'ai pas fini. 8 Avez-vous mange le pain? 9 Nous ne l'avons pas mange. 10 N'avez- vous pas mange du pain chaud ? 11 Nous en avons mange. (Lit. : We have eaten some of it.) 1 2 Ma scaur n'a pas recu son revenu. 13 Mon cousin a rec^u le sien. 14 N'avez-vous pas vu mon ami ? 15 Nous ne l'avons pas encore vu. 16 Pourquoi n'a-t-il pas achete de foin? 17 II n'en a pas achete parcequ'il n'a pas d'argent. (Lit., lie has not bought any of it.) 18 Ou avez-vous conduit mes parents? 19 J'ai con- duit vos parents chez vous. 20 N'avez-vous pas 168 FASQUELLES INTIJODUCTOET apercu ces deux demoiselles? 21 Nous n'avons vu personne. Exercise 90. 1 Have you finished the basket ? 2 I have not yet finished it. 3 Did you not buy the house yesterday ? 4 We have bought it this morning. 5 What has your brother brought ? 6 He has brought money. 7 Have you not seen my brother ? 8 I saw him yesterday, sir. (Lit., I have seen him yesterday). 9 My friend has taken the young lady to your house. 10 We have eaten the bread and (the) meat. 11 We have not lost your brother's umbrella. 12 My cousin has not yet received his income. 13 We have bought no hay, we have no horse (pas de cheval). 14 He has no money, he has bought no horse. 15 When did you see my friend ? 16 I saw him yesterday morning at your brother's. 17 Have you given them my letter? 18 I gave them your brother's letter. 19 We have not brought the cup. 20 We did not perceive the young ladies. 21 We have not eaten warm bread. 22 We have not eaten any (of it). 23 We have eaten some. LEQON'XLVII. LESSON XLVII. THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. THE IMPERFECT OF THE INDICATIVE. 1. The termination of the present participle of every French verb, is ant In the regular verbs of the second conjugation, however, that ending is preceded by iss. FRENCH COURSE. 169 1st, 3d, and 4th Conjugations. 2d Conjugation. ANT, ISSANT, Donn-ant, Recev-ant, Yend-ant, Finiss-ant, giving. receiving. selling. finishing. 2. The imperfect may be formed from the present participle by changing ant into ais f ais, ait, ions, iez,. aient. The irregular verbs also come under thie rula.* PRESENT PARTICIPLE. Donn-ant, giving. Fin-issant, finishing. Recev-ant, receiving. Vend-ant, selling. All-ant, going. Yen-ant, coming. Yoy-ant, seeing. IMPERFECT. Je donn-ais, I was giving. Je fin-issais, I icas finishing. Je recev-ais, I was receiving. Je vend-ais, J was selling. J'all-ais, 1 10 as going. Je ven-ais, I was coming. Je vby-ais, I used to see. 3. Imperfect RECEIVE, AND Y Je donn- \ Je recev- \ ais. Je vend- ) Tu donn- \ Tu recev- v ais. Tu vend- ) II donn- \ II recev- \ ait. II vend- ) Nous donn- \ Nous recev- y ions. Nous vena ) OF DoXXER, TO GIVE, ReCEVOIB, TO EXDRE, TO SELL. 1 was giving or used to give. I was receiving or used to receive. I was selling or ustd to stll. Thou wast giving or wast wont to give. Thou wast receiving or wast wont to receive. Thou wast selling or wast wont to sell He was giving or was wont to give. He was receiving or used to receive. He ivas selling or used to sell. We were giving or used to give. We were receiving or used to receive. We were setting or used to sell. * Except Avoir, to have, and Savoir, to know. Present participle: Ayant, Sacbant ; Imperfect : J'avais, Je savais. 8 170 fasquelle's introductory Vous donn- \ You were giving or used to give. Vous recev- C iez. You were receiving or used to receive. Vous vend- ) You were selling or used to sell. lis donn- \ They were giving or used to give. lis recev- I aient They were receiving or used to receive. lis vend- ) They were selling or used to sell. INTERROGATIVE FORM OF DONNEB, TO GIVE. Donnaisie? or )_--... . . «. S- W^ I giving or aaa /wse to g^e? Est-ce que je donnais ?* J Donnais-tu ? Was£ thou giving or cfecm. Rod, m. Boast meat. Noisette, f. Hazel-nut. Tableau, m. Picture. Orange, f. Orange. Travailler, 1. To icork. Peintre, m. Painter. Veau, m. Calfskin. Quatre, Four. Vend re, 4. To sell. Que, What, which. Venir, 2. To come. Quel, What y which. Viande, f. Meat. Exercise 81. 1 Combien d'argent donniez-vous a ce petit garcon ? 2 Je ne lui donnais rien. 3 Cette demoiselle ne tra- vaillait-elle pas bien? 4 Elle travaillait ties bien. 5 Le peintre vendait-il un tableau ? 6 Le petit gargon dechirait ses gants. 1 Que vendiez-vous au cordonnier ? 8 Je lui vendais du veau et du maroquin. 9 Le marchand recevait-il.de bon drap?- 10 II recevait de bon drap, mais il le vendait tres cher. 11 Achetiez-vous de belles oranges? 12 J'achetais des oranges et des noi- settes. 13 Que mangiez-vous ce matin? 14 Nous mangions du roti et du bouilli. 15 Je ne mangeais* pas de viande. 1G A [in) la campagne je mangeais beaucoup. 17 A quelle heure veniez-vous? 18 Je venaia a quatre beures. 19 Ne dechiriez-voua pas vos gants? 20 Xon, monsieur, je les nettoyais. * In verbs ending in .'/'/"• e is put before the a of the imperfect, to preserve the soil sound of the g. See Larger Course, page 33G, Rule 1. FRENCH COURSE. 173 Exercise 92. 1 How many books were you giving him ? 2 I was giving him no books. (See Lesson 28, R. 6.) 3 How were they selling their goods? 4 They sold {were sell- ing) their goods very clear. 5 What were you giving them ? 6 1 was giving them letters. 7 Did the merchant receive much cloth ? 8 He received much. 9 What were you buying ? 10 We were buying good cloth. 11 The shoemaker was buying fine calf and good morocco. 12 Did the merchant sell you good cloth? 13 He did not sell me cloth, but he sold leather to the shoemaker. 14 At what hour did your merchant use to receive his letters ? 15 He used to receive them at four o'clock. 16 What were you selling him? 17 I was selling him good books. 18 What were you eat- ing this morning? 19 I was eating boiled meat. 20 At what hour did you use to come ? (or did you come usually?) 21 I used to come at ten o'clock {dix heures.) 22 Who was selling a picture this morning? 23 The painter was selling a picture. 2-i The little boy was not tearing his gloves. 25 The music-teacher used to come at ten o'clock. LEQOX XLVIII. LESSON XLVIII. THE IMPERFECT, CONTINUED. IRREGULAR VERBS. 1. There are about two hundred regular verbs of the second conjugation. The termination of the present 174 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY participle of these verbs is issant* Those of the im- jjerfect are issais, issais, issait, issions, issiez, iss dent. 2. Imperfct of Finir, TO FINISH. I teas finishing or used to finish. Thou wast finishing or wast wont to finish. He was finishing or used to finish. We were finishing or used to finish. You icere finishing or used to finish. They were finishing or used to finish. Je fin-issais. Tu fin-issais. Ii fin-issait. Nous fm-issions. Vous fin-issiez. lis fin-issaient. 2. Imperfect of Irregular Verbs ending aitbe. — Conn-aItbe, etc. See Lesson 41. Je conn-aissais. IN Tu conn-aissais. II conn-aissait. Nous conn-aissions. Vous conn-aissiez. lis conn-aissaient. 3. Verbs ending in Lesson 40. Je condui-sais. Tu condui-sais. II condui-sait. Nous condui-sions. Vous condni-siez. lis condui-saient. I used to know or knew. Thou usedst to know, &c. He used to know. We used to know. You used to know. They used to know. ' tube. — Condui-re. See list, Twas leading, die. or led. Thou wast leading, dkc. He teas leading. We were conducting. You were leading. They were leading. * Sco end of Rule 1, last Lcssod FRENCH COURSE. 175 4. Verbs ending in ixtdre. son 42. Je crai-gnais.* Tu crai-gnais. II crai-gnait. Xous crai-gnions. Vous crai-gniez. lis crai-*Y? Ae £^Ve f Donnames-rfous ? ZW zee give ? Donnates-vous ? ZW you give ? Donnerent-ils ? Did they give ? 3. All verbs ending in er, including AU-er, to go, and Envoy-er, to send, are conjugated in this tense like the above models. 4. To use this tense, the time should be named or alluded to, and entirely past. Je parlai hier a mon frere, I spoke to my brother yes- t( rday. Je lui envoyai une lettre I sent him a letter last year, l'annee derni&re. french course. 183 Model Sentences, Hier au soir, je soupai chez moi. Yesterday evening I took supper at home. Le mois passe, je lui donnai de Last month, I gave him money. 1' argent. Alors, ils me blamerent beau- Then, they blamed me much. coup. L'annee derniere, j'achetai une Last year, I bought a house. maison. La semaine derniere, je quittai Last week, Heft New York. New York. LedAxdejuinJ'arrivaiaBoston. TJie tenth of June, I arrived in Boston. Avant hier, nous allames a la The day before yesterday, we chasse. went hunting. Le raeme jour, vous allates a la Tlie same day, you went fishing. peche. Le quatre de juillet, j'allai a The fourth of July, I went to New York. New York. Hier au soir, j'arrivai chez vous. Yesterday evening I arrived at your house. II parla de vous, hier matin. He spoke of you, yesterday morn- ing. II chassa deux heures, hier. He hunted two hows, yesterday. Vocabulary. Acheter, 1. To buy. Assurer, 1. To assure. Admirer, 1. To admire. Chercher, 1. To seek, to look Aller, 1. To go. for. An nee, f. Year. Chez, At or to the house Arracher, 1. To pull up, to of. tear up. Dernier, Last, J 84 FASQUELLE S INTKOLUCTORT Domestique, m. or f. Ser- vant. Dormer, 1. To give. Envoyer, 1. To send. Etre, 4. To be. Far in e, f. Flour. Hier, Yesterday. Journee, f. Day. Louer, 1. To praise. Maison (a la), At home. Marcher, 1. To walk. Matin, m. Horning. Mauvaise her be, f. Weed. Mois, m. Month. Oil, Where. Neuf^ New. Panier, m. Basket. Parler, 1. To speak. Piastre, f. Dollar. Poste, f. Post-office. Precepteur, in. Teacher. Qirancl, When. Tout, All. Tout (flu) At all. Travail, Work. Travailler, 1. To ivork. Trouver, 1. To find. Voyage, m. Journey. Exercise 97. 1 Hier matin, nous allamcs chez vous. 2 Nous ne vous trouvames pas a la maison. 3 Votre domestique nous assura que vous etiez chez votre frere. 4 Xous envoyames hier une lettre a la poste. 5 Nous louames beau co up cet ecolier, quand nous parlames a son pre- cepteur. 6 Je donnai l'annee derniere beaucoup de fruit a mon cousin. 7 Je lui envoyai un grand panier de pomrnes. 8 Je vous cherchai hier, toute la journee. 9 Nous ache tames beaucoup de farine le mois dernier. 10 Le jardinier arracha hier toutes les mauvaises herbcs dans notre jardin. 11 II travailla toute la journee. 1.2 Mon pfere lui donna une piastre pour son travail. 13 Dans mon voyage a Paris j'achetai un habit neuf. 14 Ma sceur acheta un beau chapeau. 15 Mea frerea FRENCH COURSE. 185 n'actieterent rien du tout. 16 Nous restames deux moisaParis. 17 Nous allames a Versailles. 18 Nous admirames les beaux jardins. 19 Je marchai deux heures hier. Exercise 98. 1 Did my brother go to Paris last year ? 2 He went to Paris and to Versailles. 3 Did he not admire the gardens ? 4 Yes, sir, he admired the gardens. 5 Did he not praise the pictures ? {tableaux.) 6 Yes, sir, he praised the pictures much. 7 Where (ou) did you go yesterday morning ? 8 We went to your father's. 9 Did you rind him at home? 10 We did not find him at home. 11 Did you speak to the servant? 12 We did not speak to the servant. 13 Did the gar- dener pull up all the vegetables in your garden yester- day ? 14 He did not pull up the vegetables, he pulled up the weeds. 15 Did you praise my brother the other day? (rant re jour.) 16 We praised him, when he spoke to his friend. 1 7 His teacher praised him. 1 8 My father gave us a dollar last month. 19 He sent us a large basket of apples last year. 20 He gave us much fruit. 21 Did you send your letter to the post-office yesterday ? 22 We did not send our letters. 23 In our journey to London (Londres) we bought many books. 24 We remained two months in (a) London. 25 Did you admire the Thames? (la Tamise) 26 We admired the Thames. 186 PASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY LEQON LI. LESSON LI. THE PAST DEFINITE, CONTINUED. SECOND AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 1. The terminations of this tense, in the second and fourth conjugations are, is, is, it, imes, ites, irent. 2. Past Definite of Finir, tofwish, and Vendre, TO SELL. Je fin- Je vend- Tu fin- Tu vend- Ilfin- II vend- Nous fin- Nous vend is. | ia . it. Vous fin- ) ? Vous vend- j lis fin- ) . ti i [ ir lis vend- ) imes. ites. ent. I finished or did finish. I sold or did sell. Thou finis heelst or didst finish. Thou soldest or didst sell, lie finished or did finish. He sold or did sell. We finished or did finish. We sold or did sell. You finished or did finish. You sold or did sell. They fin Ished or did finish. They sold or did sell. 3. The irregular verbs of the second conjugation, ending in tlr (Lesson 36), as also cuellllr, offrlr, &c, (Lesson 34, Rule ), take the above terminations in the past definite. Je sort- ^ I went out or did e/o out. I felt or did feel. I gathered or did gather. 1 offered or did offer. Je sent- Je cueill" J'offr- 1S. FRENCH COURSE. 187 4. Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, which end in uire and indre, (see Les., 40 and 42,) take also the above endings, but the first part of the word is somewhat changed. 5. Past Definite Peindre, to paint. Je conduis- Je peign- Tu conduis- Tu peign- II eonduis- II peign- Nous conduis- Nous peign- Yous conduis- Vous peign- Ils conduis- II s pe ign- is. . is. .it. lines. ites. }■" ent. OF CoNDUIRE, TO CONDUCT, AND J conducted or did conduct. I painted or did paint. Thou didst conduct. Thou didst paint. He conducted or did conduct. He did paint or painted. We conducted or did conduct. We painted or did paint. You conducted or did conduct. You painted or did paint. They conducted or did conduct. They painted or did paint. 6. In those irregular verbs of the second conjuga- tion, which end in enir, (see Les., 37,) n is put after the i of the above terminations. 7. Past Definite of Venir, to come. Je v ins. Tu v-ins. II v-int. Nous v inmes. Vous v-intes. I's v-inrent. I came or did come. Thou earnest or didst come. lie came or did come. We came or did come. You came or did come. They came or did come. 183 fasquelle's introductory Model Sentences. Je finis ma traduction hier I finished my translation yester^ matin. day morning. Yous vendites votre maison You sold your house last year. l'annee derniere. Est-ce que je finis mon livre la Did I finish my book last week t semaine derniere? Yous conduisites votre ami en You took your friend to England Angleterre avant hier. the day before yesterday. Notre jardin produisit bien l'ete Our garden produced well last dernier. summer. Alors, il feignit de craindre mon TJien, he feigned to fear my father. pere. Je sortis hier a cinq heures. 7" went out yesterday at five o'clock. II vint chez nous dimanche He came to our house last Sun- dernier. day. Nous ne sortimes pas du tout. We did not go out at all. A quelle heure sortites-vous, At what hour did you go out the avant hier ? day before yesterday ? Jeudi dernier, je lui offris de Last Tliursday I offered him l'argent. money. Nous lui offrimes aussi des We offered him clothes also. habits. Lundi, nous cueillimes tout Monday ,ive picked all our fruit. notre fruit. Nous ne le vendimes pas alors. We did not sell it then. V O CABULA R Y. Absent, Absent. Apres, After. Agir, 2. To actj to behave. Aussi, Also. Ancien, Old. Avec, With. FRENCH COURSE. 189 Cinq, Five. Combien, How much, how many. Co minis, m. Clerk. Conduire, 4. To conduct, to take. Connaissance, f. Acquaint- ance. Dernier, Last. Heure, f. Hour, o? clock. Interessant, Interesting .. Jeucli, m. Thursday. Londres, London. Mai, Badly. Neveu, m. Nephew. Officier, m. Officer. Offrir, 2. To offer. Partir, 4. To set out. Perdre, 4. To lose. Plusieurs, Several. Pour, For. Punir, 2. To punish. Quatre, Four. Revolte, f. JRevolt. Samedi, m. Saturday. Severement, Severely. Soir, m. Evening. Sold at, m. Soldier. Sortir, 2. To go out. Tache, f. Task. Temps, m. Time. Tout a fait, Quite. Vendre, 4. To sell. Venir, 2. To come. Verge, f. Yard. Voir, 3. To see. Exercise 99. 1 Les officiers punirent-ils les soldats apres la re- volte ? 2 lis les punirent severement. 3 Finites- vous votre tache, hier ? 4 Je ne la finis pas tout a fait. 5 Mes soeurs la finirent pour moi. 6 Ou con- duisites-vous votre neveu lundi ? 7 Je le conduisis a l'ecole. 8 Nous conduisimes aussi nos nieces chez leur ancienne amie. 9 Vos commis ne vinrent-ils pas chez vous hier an soir? 10 lis ne vinrent pas chez moi, ils agirent tres mal. 11 Combien de verges de drap ven- 190 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY dites-vous bier? 12 Nous en (of it) v en dimes cinq verges. 13 Ne perdites-vous pas beaucoup de temps a Londres? 14 Nous ne perdimes pas de temps. 15 Votre oncle vous offrit-il de l'argent, jeudi dernier ? 16 II ne m'offrit rien. 17 Nos eonnaissances vinrent nous voir samedi dernier. 18 Nous leur offrimes plusieurs livres interessants. 19 lis partirent a quatre heures, et nous sortimes avec eux. Exercise 100. 1 Did you conduct your niece to school, yesterday? 2 We did not conduct her to school. 3 Did you finish that book last Saturday ? 4 We did not quite finish it. 5 At what hour did you come yesterday morning* ? 6 I came at ten o'clock (a dlx heures), but you were absent. 7 We came to your house the day before yesterday. 8 The officers came with us. 9 Your clerks did not come to my house yesterday. 10 They came to my brother's, Saturday (au) evening. 11 Did you offer them interesting books? 12 Did you not act badly towards (envers) your friend? 13 Isold much cloth yesterday. 14 We lost many books in (a) London. 15 Your uncle lost much time. lo" We went out yes- terday at four o'clock. 17 We did not go out last Thursday. 18 My brothers set out yesterday at four o'clock. 19 Did you go out with them? 20 We did not go out with them. 21 Did your acquaintances come to see you last year ? 22 They did not come to see us. 23 My brother came to my house yesterday, but I was absent. 24 The officers did not punish the FRENCH COUESE, 191 soldiers before the revolt. 25 They punished them severely after the revolt. LEQOX LII. LESSON LII. THE PAST DEFINITE, CONTINUED. THIRD CONJUGATION, 1. In the third conjugation, the terminations of the past definite are, us, us, ut, umes, utes, urent. 2. Past Definite of Recevoir, to receive. Je rec-us. I received or did receive. Tu rec-us. Thou receivedst or didst receive. II rec-ut. He received or did receive. ISTous resumes. We received or did receive. Yous reg-utes. You received or did receive. lis reg-urent. They received or did receive. 3. Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending in aitre or oitre, take also the above terminations. 4. Past Definite of ConnaItre, to know. Je conn-us. I knew, did know, or was acquainted with. Tu conn-us. Thou knewest or didst know, cbc. II conn-ut. He knew or did know. Nous conn-umes. We knew or did know. Vous conn-utes. ITou knew or did know. lis conn-urent. They knew or did know. 5. The following are the principal irregular verba of 192 fasquelle's introductory the second and fourth conjugations, which take the endings of the third in this tense : Courir, to run. Mourir, to die. Boire, to drink. Croire, to believe. Lire, to read. PJaire, to please. PAST DEFINITE. Je cour-us, &c, Iran. Je niour-us, I died. Je b-us, I drank. Je cr-us, I believed. Je 1-us, I read. Je pl-us, I pleased. 6. Avoir, to have, and Etre, to be, are quite irregular in this tense ; the terminations, however, are like the above. 7. Past Definite of Avoir and Etre. J'eus. Tu eus. II eut. Nous eunies. Vous eutes. Us eurent. I had. TJiou hadst. He had. We had. You had. They had. Je fus. Tu fus. Ii fut. Nous fumes. Vous fates. Us furent. J was. Thou wast. lie was. We were. You icerc. They were. Model Sentences. Je recus des march anclises, hier. / received merchandise yesterday. Lundi dernier, nous lurnes deux Last Monday we read two pages. pages. Alors, nous aperc; times Ten- Tlien, ice perceived the enemy. r.emi. Jr lus six pages mardi dernier. I read six pages last Tuesday. Mercredi, nous f.ines bien sur- Wednesday, we were much sur- pris, prised. Nous ne fumes pas tres faches, TT e were not very sorry. FRENCH COURSE. 193 Vos sceurs fur entbi en e tonne es. Your sisters were much aston- ished. Alors, nous reconnumes leur TJien ) we acknowledged their good bonne volonte. will. Alors, vous reconnutes votre Tlien, you acknowledged your erreur. error. Jeudi, vous reeiites votre re- Tliursday, you received your in- venu. come. Vendredi, il courut chez son Friday, he ran to his father 's. pere. Samedi, nous b times de l'eau a. Saturday, we drank ice-water. * la glace. Xous cr times que vous etiez We believed that you were sick malade ; dimanche dernier. last Sunday. Vocabulary. Afflige, Grieved. Croire, 4. To believe. Aise, Glad. Dejeviner, m. Breakfast. Apercevoir, 3. To perceive. Eau, f. Water. Associe, m. Partner. Erreur, f. Error. Aussitot, Immediately. Evangile, m. Gospel. Aussitot que, As soon Fache, Sorry. as. Lire, 4. To read. Avoir, 3. To have. Lundi, m. Monday. Bientot, Soon. Malade, f. Sickness. Billet, m. Note. Mourir, 2. To die. Boire, 4. To drink. E*gc, f. Page. Chapitre, m. Chapter. Paraitre, 4.' To appear. Commencement, m. Be- Plaisir, m. Pleasure. g in n in g. Q uan <1 , IV/t en. Courir, 2. To run. Recevoir, 3. To receive. 13 194 fasquelle's intkoductoet Itcconnaitre, 4. To ac- Trouver, 1. To find. knowledge, to recognize. Vendredi, m. Friday. Semaine, f. Week. Verre, m. Glass. Surpris, 'Surprised. Voir, 3. To see. Exercise 101. 1 Quand recutes-vous ce billet ? 2 Je le requs au commencement de la semaine derniere. 3 Nous re- sumes nos amis avec plaisir. 4 Nous lumes hier, line, histoire instructive. ' 5 Nous courilmes aussitot que nous les aperg umes. 6 Nous eiiraesjbeaucoup de plaisir qunnd nous les reconnumes. 7 Mon associe reconuut bientot son erreur et fut bien afflige. 8 Dimanche dernier il hit im chapitre de l'evangile. 9 Vous crutes noustrouver a la maison. 10 Nous crumes que vous ' etiez bien facbe. 11 Nous fumes bien aises de vous voir. 12 Nous reconnumes bientot nos amis. 13 II but deux verres d'eau hier matin avant le dejeuner. 14 Nous n'eumes pas le temps de lire beaucoup l'annee derniere. 15 Mon frere parut bien afflige de votre maladie. 16 lis parurent bien aises de nous voir samedi dernier. 17 Vendredi il hit une page de son livre. 18 Nous fumes surpris de vous voir lundi. 19 Cet homme mourut l'annee derniere. Exercise 102. 1 My brother was very glad to (de) see you yester- day. 2 I was much (bien) grieved at (de) your sick- FRENCH COURSE. 195 ness last year. 3 We received yesterday a note from our father. 4 You received it with pleasure. 5 We were very sorry for {de) our error. 6 Last Saturday we read four chapters of that book. 7 You read one chapter of the gospel. 8 You believed that we were {etions) very sorry. 9 You appeared very glad to {de) see us. 10 You soon recognized your friends. 11 We drank yesterday four glasses of water. 12 You were surprised (de) to see us Sunday. 13 We had time to read much yesterday. 14 We read much yesterday morning. 15 At the beginning of the year, I received a note from my friend. 16 I received it with pleasure. 17 We read your letter with much pleasure. 18 You believed that we were {etions) sick. 19 You ran as soon as they appeared. 20 They appeared last week. 21 Our friends recognized us soon. 22 You believed to find us {nous trouver) at home. 23 We were absent all day yesterday. 24 We had much pleasure yester- day. 25 Our partner soon acknowledged his error. LEQON LIII. LESSON LIII. THE PAST ANTERIOR. AUSSI, AS. — PLUS, MORE. MOINS, LESS, ETC. 1. The past anterior is composed of the past definite of Avoir or Etre, and the past participle of the prip- cipal verb. 196 FASQUKLLK S INTEODLCTOKT 2. Past Anterior of Donner, Fixir, Recevoir, axd Vexdre. J'eus donne. I had given. Tu eus fini. Thou hadst finished. II eut regu. He had received. Nous eumes vendu. We had sold. Vous eutes donne. You had given. lis eurent fini. They had finished. INTERROGATIVE FORM. Eus-je donne ? or ) Tr y - . ^ J • i- / « y Mad 1 given / xLst-ce que j'eus donne : J Eus-tu fini ? Hadst thou finished? Eut-il regu ? Had he received? Eumes-nous vendu ? Had we sold? Eutes-vous donne ? Had you given ? E uren t-ils fini ? Had they fin ished ? 3. The past anterior is almost always preceded by such words as — a peine, scarcely ; quand, lorsque, when j des qiie, aussitot que, as soon as, &c. Quand il eut fini, il partit, When he had finished, he went out. Des qu'il m'eut vu, il As soon as he had seen me sortit, he went out. 4. Aussi, As. Plus, More. Pas aussi, Pas si, Not so, not as. JMoins, Less. Aussi bon que son frere, As good as his brother. II ecrit moins que son fi ere, lie writes less than his brother. > Que, As, than. FRENCH COURSE. 197 5. In English, r or er, st or est, is sometimes added to an adjective or an adverb, instead of putting more or most before it : in French, plus or le plus must be put before such word. Plus beau, Handsomer, (Lit., More handsome.) Le plus beau, The handsomest. (Lit., The most hand' some.) 6. Meilleur, Better, (Instead of more good.) Mieux, Better. (In a better manner.) Votre livre est meilleur, Your book is better. Votre livre est mieux ecrit, Your book is better written. That is, Is icritten in a better manner. Model Sentences. Quand j'eus tue l'oiseau, je Wlien I had hilled the bird, I pleurai. wept. Aussitot que je lui eus fait un As soon as I had made him a joli present, je partis. pretty present, I left. Quand vous eutes oblige votre When you had obliged your ami, il partit. friend, he went Nous eumes fini notre travail de We had finished our worlc early, bonne heure, lundi dernier. last Monday. Nous ne l'eumes pas fini tard. You had not finished it late. Quand il eut tcrit mieux que When- he had written better than sou frere, son maitre le loua. his brother, his master praised him. ' Quand il eut ecrit plus que lui, When he had written more than il sortit. he, he ivent out. Nous eumes fini le miroir dans We had finished the mirror in une heure. an hour. Co pommier est plus beau que That apple-tree is more beautiful ce cerisier. than that cherry-tree. 198 fasquelle's INTROD U OTOE Y Yotre habit est meilleur que le Your coat is better than mine. mien. II est aussi bien fait que le It is as well made as mine. mien. Eile travaille aussi bien que sa She worlcs as well as her sister. sceur. Vocabulary. Aller, 1. To go. Fini, Finished. Appris, Learnt. Habit, m. Coat, Clothes. Assez, Enough. Jouer, 1. To play. A temps, In time. Manteau, m. Cloak. Attentif, Attentive. Parle r, 1. To speak. Aussitot que, As soon as. Pleurer, 1. To weep. Dejeuner, 1. To breakfast. Ote, Taken off. Deplaisir, m. Displeasure. Odvrage, m. Work. Dette, f. Debt. Partir, 2. To go away, to Devoir, m. Duty. set out. Dix, Ten. Pay 6, Paid. Donner, 1. To give. Present, m. Present. Ecole, f. School. Quand, When. Eerit, Written. Reconnu, Recognised. Etudier, 1. To study. Remercier, 1. To thank. Eu, Had. ■ Sincerite, f. Sincerity. Gate, Spoiled. Sortir, 2. To go out. Exercise 103. 1 Nous eumes fini bier a dix heures. 2 Nous nVumes ]>as fini a temps. 3 Quand j'eus ecrit, je jouai. 4 Votre scour etudie aussi bien que vous. 5 Elle est plus attentif a ses devoirs que vous. Quand FRENCH COURSE. 199 ils eurent ote leur manteau, ils sortirent. 7 Quand il eut pave ses dettes, il partit. 8 Ils partirent quand ils eurent fini leur ouvrage. 9 Quand j'eus donne un present a mon ami, il me remercia. 10 Aussitot qu'il m'eut remercie, je partis. 11 J'eus moins de sincerite. 12 Nous eumes beaucoup plus de deplaisir. 13 Quand ils eurent gate leurs habits, ils pleurerent. 14 Quand ils eurent asse& pleure, ils etudierent. 15 Aussitot que j'eus parle a son frere, je sortis. 16 Des que je l'eus reconnu, je lui parlai. 17 Quand il eut appris sa lecon, iljoua. 18 Des qu'il eut joue, il dejeuna. 19 Quand il eut dejeune, il alia a l'ecole. 20 Nous eumes fini a temps bier. Exercise 104. 1 When he had studied his lesson, he went out. 2 When we had finished we went away. 3 When they had studied enough (assez), they breakfasted. 4 Is your coat better than mine ? 5 It is not better than yours. 6 Is your cloak handsomer than your brother's ? 7 It is handsomer than my brother's. 8 It is as good as my cousin's. 9 As soon as he had taken ofFhis coat, he played. 10 As soon as he had played, he breakfasted. 11 As soon as he had played, he studied his lesson. 12 We went away when we had finished our work. 13 They wept w T hen they had spoiled their coats. 14 We went out as soon as we had spoken to our brother. 15 When he had written his lesson, he played. 16 When we had breakfasted, we went to school. 17 I went away when I had thanked him. 18 She plays less than her brother. 19 Her cousin 200 FASQUELLE S INTKODUCTOET studies moi*e than she. 20 I spoke to your father as soon as I had recognized him. 21 When he had spoken to me, he went away. 22 She is not more at- tentive than you. 23 Your cousin is more attentive to his duties. 24 Your sister does not study as well as you. 25 When we had written, we played. LEQON LIV. LESSON LIV. THE FUTURE. FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS. 1. The terminations of the future of every verb in the French language are, rai y ras, ra, rons, rez, ront. 2. The future of the regular verbs of the first and second conjugations, may be formed from the infinitive by adding the above endings without the r. 3. Future of Donner and Finir. Je donne- Je fini- Tu donne- Tu fini- II donne- II fini- Nous donne- Nous fini- Vous donne- Vous fini- Ils donne- Ils fini- rai. ras. ra. rons. rez. ront. I shall or will give. I shall or will finish. Thou shalt or icilt give. Tlion shalt or icilt finish. He shall or will give. He shall or will finish. We shall or will give. We shall or will finish. You shall or will give. You shall or will finish. They shall or will give. They shall or will 'finish. F BENCH COUESE. 201 4. Irregular verbs of the second conjugation, ending in tir (Lesson 36), as also Couvrir, Decouvrir, Offrir, Ouvrir, Recueilier (Lesson 34), are regular in this tense, and conjugated like the above model. INFINITIVE. FUTURE. Sentir, to feel, &c. Je sentirai, J shall feel. Sortir, to go out. Je sortirai, I shall go out. Offrir, to offer. J'offrirai, I shall offer. Couvrir, to cover. Je couvrirai, I shall cover. 5. Cueillir and its compounds take e instead of i be- fore those endings. Cueillir, to gather. Je cueillerai, I shall gather. 6. Aller and Envoyer are irregular in their first part, but the endings are regular. Aller, to go. J'irai, I shall or will go. Envoyer, to send. J'enverrai, I shall or will send. 7. Irregular verbs of the second conjugation, ending in enir (Lesson 37), are only irregular in the first part ; their endings are regular. Venir, to come. Je viendrai, I shall come. Tenir, to hold. Je tiendrai, I shall hold. 8. In speaking of a future time, the French generally use the future where the present is often used in English. Quand vous viendrez ame- When you come {shall come) nez votre soeur. bring your sister. Mode l Sentences. Je vous donnerai un verre d'eau. Iivill (jive you a glass of water. Nous vous pruterons un fusil. TT r e will lend you a gun. 9* 202 fasquelle's inteoductoet J'irai a New York demain. IshallgotoNew York to-morrow. Nous quitterons New York We will leave Xew York Satur- samedi. day. J'enverrai un cheval a mon I shall send a horse to my brother. frere. Je lui enverrai un cbeval. I shall send him a horse. Nous sortirons demain matin. We will go out to-morrow morn- ing. Yousnesortirezpasaujourd'hui. You will not go out to-day. ' Sa sceur cassera le miroir. His sister will break the mirror. Elle ne le cassera pas. She will not break it. Le marchand gagnera beau- The merchant will gain much. coup. II nous offrira du fruit. He will offer us fruit. H cueillera une belle rose. He ivill pick a beautiful rose. Yous ne finirez pas votre lettre. You will not finish your letter. Yous agirez bien envers lui. You will act well toward him. Vocabulary. Agir, 2. To act, to behave. Envoyer, 1. To send. Aller, 1. To go. Fleur, f. Flower. An, in. Year. Ileure, f. O'clock, hour. Apporter, 1. To bring. Jardin, m. Garden. Assiette, f. Plate. Londres, London. Aujourd'iiui, To-day, Meilleur, Better, Best. Bague, f. Ring. Offrir, 2. To offer. Bel, Handsome. Oiseau, m. Bird. Bonne heure ( donne ? ; Auras tu tini ? Aura-til re^u ? Aurons-nous vendu ? Aurez-vous donne ? Auront-ils tini ? Shalt thou have finished ' ? Shall hejiave received ? Shall or will we have sold ? Shall or will you have given ? Shall they have finished ? Que de, As, than. 3. Autant de, As much, as many. Plus de, More. Pas autant de, Not as much or as many. Moins de, JLess, fewer. The above words come almost always before a noun. Autant d'or que d'argent. As much gold as silver. J'aurai donne moins de I shall have given less paper papier que de carton. than pasteboard. Model Sentences. Domain, j'aurai quitte la ville. To-morrow, I shall have left the city. Je n'aurai pas perdu mon temps. I shall not have lost my time. Vous n'aurez pas ete attentif. You will not have been attentive. Noua n'aurons pas eu trop We shall not have had too mach tTorgueil. pride. Eile aura re§u trop de lettres. She will have received too many letters. Vous aurcz vendu trop clier. You ivill have sold too dear. FRENCH COURSE. 211 Elles n'auront pas vendu a They will not have sold on credit credit. Yous aurez donne plus d'or que You will have given more gold d" argent. than silver, Elles auront lu moins de lettres. They will have read fewer letters. Sa sceur aura etudie moins de His sister will have studied fewer lecons. lessons. Elles auront eu autant de mo- TJiey will have had as much destie. modesty. Ce jeune homme aura eu autant This young man will have had as de courage que de modestie. much courage as modesty. II aura eu plus de vanite que He will have had more vanity de merite. than merit Vocabulary. Annee, f. Year. Lu, Read. Attend u, Waited for ', ex- Mais, m. Maize, corn, pected. Meilleur, Better, best. Attendre, 4. To wait. Modestie, f. Jlodesty. Autant, As much, as many. Moins, Less. Berger, in. Shepherd. Moitie, f. Half. Ble, m. Wheat. Montre, Shown. Chagrin, m. Grief. Mouton, m. Sheep. Dernain, To-morrow. Or, m. Gold. Demi, Half. Orge, f. Barley. Discours, m. Speech. Orgueil, m. Pride. Dit, Said. Plaisir, m. Pleasure. Ecrit, Written. Plus, More. Entendu, Heard. Page, £ Page. Laine, f. Wool. Quitte, Left. Long-temps, Long. Seigle, m. Bye. 212 fasquelle's inteoductoky Theme, m. Exercise, Trop, Too much. Tondu, Shoi*n. Vendu, Sold. Tout, All. Verite, f. Truth. Exercise 109. 1 Aurai-je attendu trop longtemps ? 2 Vous n'aurez pas attendu le berger une demi-heure. 3 Aurons-ncus entendti tout le discours ? 4 Yous en aurez entendu la moitie. 5 Vous n'aurez pas dit toute la verite. 6 Aurons-nous autant de ble que de seigle cette annee ? V Vous aurez plus d'orge que de rnais. 8 Nous aurons eu beaucoup moins de chagrin que de plaisir. 9 Ces demoiselles auront montre plus d'orgueil que de modestie. 10 Auront-elles parle mieux que leurs amies ? 11 Elles auront parle beaucoup mieux qu'elles. 12 Le berger n'aura-t-il pas tondu tous ses moutons ? 13 II aura tondu ses moutons et vendu sa laine. 14 Demain matin j'aurai quitte votre maison. 15 N'aurai-je pas ecrit plus de themes que vous? 16 Vous en aurez ecrit moins. 17 Nous n'aurons pas lu une demi page. 18 II aura apporte moins d'or que d'argent. 19 Est- ce que j'aurai offense votre pere? 20 Aurai-je offense mon meilleur ami ? Exercise 110. 1 We shall have had more wheat than barley. 2 You shall have had less rye than wheat. 3 We shall have shorn our sheep. 4 My sisters have shown more pride than modesty. 5 You will have read more than your FRENCH COURSE. 213 « friend. 6 His friend will have written more exercises. 7 We shall have sold all our corn. 8 They will have heard half his discourse (the half of his discourse). 9 The shepherd will not have told all the truth. 10 We shall have had more pleasure than grief. 1 1 The shepherds will have shorn all their sheep. 12 They will not have sold all (toute) their wool. 13 To-morrow they will have left our house. 14 Shall we have heard your father ? 15 We shall have heard him. 16 We shall not have waited too long. 17 You will have written two letters. 18 The gentleman will not have left London. 19 You will have read my book. 20 You will not have spoken better than I (inoi). 21 The shepherd will have had (en) more wool. 22 They will not have waited too long. 23 You will have brought more gold than silver. 24 They will have heard their best friend. 25 We will not have offended our father. LEQON LVII. LESSOX LVII. THE CONDITIONAL. FIRST- AND SECOND CONJUGATION. 1. The endings of the conditional of every French verb are, rais, rais, rait, rions, riez, raient. 2. The conditional may be formed from the future by putting, instead of the terminations at, as, a, ons, ez, out, those of the imperfect of the indicative, ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient. 214 fASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 1st Conj. Donner, 2d Conj. Finir, 3d Conj. Recevoir, 4th Conj. Vendre, FUTURE. Je donner-ai, Je finir-ai, Je recevr-ai, Je vendr-ai, CONDITIONAL. Je donner-ais. Je finir- ais. Je recevr-ais. Je vendr-ais. 3. The conditional of verbs of the first and second conjugations, may also be formed, by adding the ter- minations of the imperfect of the indicative, to the in- finitive of the verb.* INFINITIVE. CONDITIONAL. 1st Conj. Donner, to give. Je donner-ais, I should give. 2d Conj. Finir, to finish. Je finir-ais, I should finish. 4. Irregular verbs ending in tir are regular in this tense, as are also Offrir, Couvrir, Ouvrir, &c. Cueillir and its compounds take e instead of i before r in this tense as in the future. (Lesson 34.) 5. Conditional of Donner, Finir, Sentir, Ouvrir, and Cueillir. I should, could, or would give. I should, could, or would finish. rais. I should, could, or would feel. I should, could, or would open. I should,, coidd, or woidd gather. Je donne- Je fini- Je senti- J'ouvri- Je cueille- r Tu clonnc- Tu fini- Tu senti- Tu ouvri- Tu cueille- Tliou shouldst, couldst, or icouldst give. Thou shouldst, coiddst, or icouldst finish. Thou shouldst, couldst. or wouldstfeel TIiou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst open. Tliou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst gather. * Except A Her, to \ Envoyer, to send, and verbs ending in cnir. F E E X C II COURSE. 215 II donne- II fini- II senti- II ouvri- II cueille- Nous donne- Xous fini- Nous senti- Nous ouvri- Xous cueille- Yous donne- Yous fini- Yous senti- Yous ouvri- Yous cueille- Ils donne- Ils fmi- Ils senti- Ils ouvri- Ils cueille- He should^ could, or would give. He should, could, or would finish. ), rait. He should, could, or would feel. He should, cordd, or would open. He should, could, or would gather. We should, could, or would give. We should, could, or would finish. ions. We should, could, or would feel. We should, could, or would open. We should, could, or would gather. You would, could, or should, give. You vjould, could, or should finish, y riez. You would, could, or should feet You would, could, or should open. You would, could, or should gather. *. Tliey would) could, or should give. Tliey would, could, or should finish. L raient. Tliey would, jcould, or should feel. They would, could, or should open. Tliey would, could, or should gather. 5. In Aller, to go, Envoyer, to send, as also in verba of the second conjugation ending in enir, the first part of the verb is changed, but the terminations are like* the above. INFINITIVK. CONDITIONAL. Aller, to go. J'i-rais, I should go. Envoyer, to send. J'enver-rais, I should send. Venir, to romp. Jo viend-rais, T should come. Tenir, to hold. Je tiend-rais, I should hold. 216 FASQFEI.LE S INTRODUCTORY Model Sentences. Je donnerais du fil au tailleur. Vous finiriez cette page. Nous ne sentirions pas le froid. lb ouvriraient les portes. II cueillerait de belles fleurs. Nous irions a l'ecole. Ma sosur enverrait son dornes- tique. Yous viendriez a trois lieures. Nous tiendrions le cheval. Est-ce que je parlerais bien ? Yous offririez de la viande. Nous n'ouvririons pas le tiroir. Nous couvririons les fleurs. V r ous iriez chez votre ami. I would give thread to the tailor. You would finish that page. We should not feel the cold. Tliey would open the doors. He woidd pick beautiful flowers. We would go to school. My sister would send her servant. You would come at three o'clock. We would hold the horse. Should I speak well t You would offer meat. We should not open the drawer. We should cover the flowers. You would go to your friend 's. Vocabulary. Acier, m. Steel. Aujourd'hui, To-day. Ce que, That which, what. Chez, At or to the house of. Commode, f. Bureau, drawers. Envers, Towards. Fenetre, f. Window. Fer, m. Iron. Fruit, m. Fruit, Gazette, £ Paper, JVeivs- paper. Logement, rn. TJodging. Maintenir, 2. To maintain. Mieux, Better. Monsieur, m. Gentleman. Offre, f. Offer. Opinion, f. Opinion. Ouvrir, 2. To open. Peine, f. Trouble. Polir, 2. To polish. Pour, For. \ally. Ponctuellement, Punctu- Porte, f. Door. Refuser, 1. To refuse. Serrurier, m. locksmith. FRENCH COURSE. 217 Table, f. Board. Tort, Wrong. Temps, m. Time. Toujours, Always. Tenir, 2. To hold. Tout, All. Tiroir, m. Drawer. Viande, f. Heat. Exercise 111. 1 Je lui parlerais, si j'avais le temps. 2 Le serrurier polirait le fer et l'acier. 3 Vous ouvririez les portes et les fenetres. 4 Nous viendrions ponctuellement. 5 lis ne viendraient pas chez nous. 6 Vous viendriez chez ce monsieur. 7 lis nous enverraient la gazette d'au- jourd'hui. 8 Vous ne cueilleriez pas tout mon fruit. 9 Nous ne tiendrions pas ce livre. 10 Vons ne lui offririez rien pour sa peine. 11 Ne lui offririez-vous pas la table et le logement? 12 Nous n'ouvririonspas tons les Airoirs de cette commode. 13 Est-ce que je tiendrais le cheval de mon cousin ? 14 Vous ne sentiriez pas tous vos torts en vers lui. 15 Vous ne maintien- driezpas toujours votre opinion. 16 Nous vous offririons toujours, tout ce que vous avons. 17 Est-ce que je parlerais beaucoup mieux ? 18 Nous leur offririons du pain et de la viande. 19 Nous refuserions leurs offres. Exercise 112. 1 Would you speak to him ? 2 We would not speak to him. 3 I would not give him the fruit. 4 The locksmith would not polish the iron, he would polish the steel. 5 We would offer you bread and meat. G We would not open that drawer. 7 Your locksmith would open all the drawers. 8 lie would give me 10 713 fasquelle's introductory board and lodging. 9 I should hold my cousin's horse. 10 We should open the door ; we should not open the window. Ill would not maintain my opinion. 12 We should feel our wrong towards you. 13 I should speak much better. 14 They would not come to our house to-day. 15 I should send you to-day's newspaper. 16 The gentleman would come punctually. 17 She would offer us all (that) she has. 18 We would offer you all (that) we have. 19 You would pick fine fruit. 20 We should not refuse your offer. 21 We should refuse his offer. 22 You would-come in time. 23 He would polish the steel. 24 We should open your door. 25 We should not give you the trouble. LEQON LVIII. LESSOR LVill. THE CONDITIONAL, CONTINUED. THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 1. What has been said in the last lesson (Rule 2) with regard to forming the conditional from the future, applies also, as the examples will show, to these two conjugations. 2. In order to form the conditional of the third and fourth conjugations from the infinitive, the endings of the infinitive must be displaced, and those of the con- ditional (rai$y rai^ rait, rions^ r/r.r, raient) substituted. 1NPIN1TIVE. CONDITIONAL. ."•nj. Recev-oir. Je recev-rais, Tshouldreci 4th Conj. Vend-re, Je vend-rais, 1 should sell. FRENCH COURSE. 219 3. This rule will also apply to those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending in uire, (litre, and indre. (Lessons 40, 41, 42.) 4. Conditional of Recevoir, Vendre, Conduire, CoxxaItre, and Peixdre. Je recev- -^ I should, could, or would receive. Je vend- I should, could, or would sell.. Je conclui- V rais. I should, could, or would conduct Je connait- I should, could, or would know. Je peind- J I should, could, or would paint. Tu recev- ^ Tlwu shouldst, couldst, or wouldst receive. Tu vend- Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst sell. Tu condui- y rais. Tlxou shouldst, couldst, ox wouldst conduct. Tu connait- Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst know. Tu peind- J Thou shoiddst, couldst, or wouldst paint. II recev- ^ He should, could, or would receive. II vend- He should, could, or would sell. II condui- J> rait. ZTe should, could, or would conduct. \\ connait- He should, coidd, or would know. II peind- J J7e should, could, or would paint Nous recev- ^ TPe should, could, or would receive. Nous vend- TFe should, could, or would sell. Nous condui- v rions. Tie should, could, or would conduct Nous connait- TFb should, could, or ivould know. Nous peind- J We should, could, or ivould paint Vous recev- ^ Tow would, should, or co?^/cZ receive. Yous vend- Tow would, should, or cow/ri seZ?. Vous condui- v riez. To^ would, shoidd, or cow?d conduct Vous connait- Yo^ would, shoidd, or could know. Vous peind- J Yew woidd, should, or could paint 220 fasquelle's introductory lis recev- Ils vend- Ils eondui- Ils connait- Ils peind- They would, could, or should receive. TJiey would, could, or should sell. ± raient. Tliey would, could, or should conduct. TJiey woidd, could, or should know. They would, could, or should paint. 5. The conditional of Avoir, to have, and Etre, to be, Las the same irregularities in the first part of the word as the futures. 6. Conditional of Avoir and Etre. J'aurais. ■ I should have. Tu aurais. Thou wouldst have. II aurait. lie woidd have. Nous aurions. We should have. Vous auriez. You loould have. lis auraient. They would have. Je serais. I should be. Tu serais. Thou wouldst be. II serai t. He would be. Nous serions. We should be. Vous seriez. You would be. lis seraient. They looidd be. Model Sentences. Je recevrais dcs oranges. I should receive oranges. Nous devrions beaucoup. We should owe much. Yous apercevriez votre faute. You would perceive your faidt. Yous perdriez l'estime de votre You would lose your brothers fro re. esteem. lis vendraient a perte. TJiey would sell at a loss. Est-ce que je n'pondrais bien? Should I answer well? FRENCH COURSE, 221 II conduirait ces enfants a l'eglise. Nous connaitrions notre devoir. Nous peindrions un grand tableau. Nous craindrions leur colere. Ma soeur aurait bien tort.* Nous serious extremement faches. J'en serais bien aise. Je n'aurais pas raison. Ma soeur aurait tort. He would take those children to church. We should know our duty. We should paint a large picture. We would fear their anger. My sister would he very wrong. We should he extremely sorry. I should he very glad of it. I should not he right. My sister would he wrong. Vocabulary. Aise, Glad. Apercevoir, 3. To perceive. Chambre, f. Room. Credit (a), On credit. Dame. f. Lady. Devoir, 3. To owe. Dollar, m. Dollar. Etudier, 1. To study. Facilement, Easily. Froid, m. Cold.\ Honte,* f. Shame, ashamed. Libraire, m. Bookseller. Mai ad e, m. Side man. Mille, Thousand. Mordre, 4. To bite. Oncle, m. Uncle. Oblige, Obliged. Pauvre, Poor. Peine, f. Trouble. Perdre, 4. To lose. Plaindre, 4. To pity. Plaisir, m. Pleasure. Raison, f. Right. Reconnaitre, 4. To recog- nize, to acknowledge. Rendre, 4. To render, to return. Re pond re, To ansioer, to reply. Teindre, 4. To dye. * See Lesson 20. f Froid, Chaud, Tort, Raison, &c, aro nouns. 222 fasquelle's introductory Teinturier, m. Dyer Soie, f. Silk. Tort, m. Wrong. Soin, m. Care. Satin, m. Satin. Trop, Too much, too Societe, f. Society, company. many. Exercise 113. 1 Je ne devrais pas mille dollars. 2 Nous n'aperce- vriona pas leurs amis. 3 Vous ne repondriez pas a toutes leurs questions. 4 II aurait raison* et vous auriez tort.* 5 Nous ne perdrions pas toute not re peine. 6 Vous leur rendriez tous leurs livres. 7 Vous reconnaitriez cette bonne dame. 8 Le teinturier tein- drait la soie et le satin. 9 Nous peindrions deux heures et vous etudieriez trois heures. 10 Nous n'aurions* pas trop froid' dans cette chambre. 11 Vous auriez raison et ma soeur aurait tort. 12 Ce bon cliien ne vous mordrait pas. 13 Le libraire ne vend rait pas a credit. 14 Nous conduirions ce pauvre malade avec beaucoup de soin. 15 Je le conduirais avec beaucoup de plaisir. 16 Nous le plaindrions beaucoup. 17 Est- ce que je ne connaitrais pas mon oncle? 18 Vous le connaitriez facilement. 19 Nous serions bien (eery) aises de votre societe. . 20 Nous vous serions fort (very) obliges. 21 Je n'aurais pas honte* de ma conduite. Exercise 114. 1 We should be very glad of your company. 2 My brother would owe a thousand dollars. 3 We should * Froid, Chaud, Tort, Rai.son, &c, are nouns. FRENCH COURSE. 223 recognize your brother. 4 You would recognize the bookseller. 5 We should lead our friend's horse. 6 I should lead that sick man. 7 You would study three hours. 8 We should paint four hours. 9 We should be wrong and you would be right.* 10 Should I recognize my uncle? 11 You would know him cer- tainly. 12 My brother would conduct the bookseller with much care. 13 We should dye the silk, and the dyer the satin. 14 You would answer the bookseller and the dyer. (Put cat before the two nouns.) 15 We should be cold, and you would be ashamed.* 16 We should pity the poor sick man. 17 We would not sell on credit, we would sell for cash (comptcmt). 18 We should study easily. 19 Our sister would study with pleasure. 20 Would our dog bite me? 21 Our good dog would not bite you. 22 You would lose your trouble. 23 I should be obliged to you. 24 My father would be very glad of your company. 25 Hb would not perceive his friends. LEgOX LIX. LESSOR LIX. THE CONDITIONAL PAST. — THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 1. The past of the conditional is composed of the conditional of one of the verbs, avoir and etre, and the past participle of the principal verb. * Froid, Chaud, Tort, Raison, &c, are nouns. 224 fasquelle's introductory 2. Past of the Conditional of Donner, Finir, Recevoir, and Vendre. J'aurais donne. I should have given, Tu aurais fini. Thou wouldst have finished. II aurait rec,u. He would have received. Nous aurions vendu. We should have sold. Vous auiiez donne. Ybic could have given. lis auraient fini. They toould have finished. INTERROGATIVE FORM. Aurais je donne ? or ) ~ 7 _ , T . . a _, ° . , „ y Should 1 have given r Jist-ce que j'aurais donne : \ Aurais-tu fini? Woiddst thou have finished? Aurait-il recu ? Should he have received? Aurions-nons vendu ? Would we have sold ? Auriez-vous donne ? Should you have given ? Auraient-ils fini ? Should they leave finished ? 3. Qui, Who, which, that. La dame qui parle, The lady icho sjieaks. La rose qui sent bon, The rose which smells good. 4. Qui, Whom, in asking a question. Qui auriez-vous vu ? Whom would you have seen ? 5. Que, Whom, which, what. Le libraire que vous louez, The bookseller whom you praise. Le livre que vous dechirez, The book which you tear. Que lisez-vous? What do you read? Que cannot be omitted in French, as which, whom, that, often are in English. FEEKCH. COURSE. 225 The book you have bought, must be expressed in. French by : Le livre que vous avez The book which you leave achete, bought, 6. Dont, Of which, of whom, whose, from ichich, from whom. L'ami dont j'ai parle, The friend of whom I have spoken. Le papier dont je parle, The paper of 'which I speak. Dont is not to be put at the beginning of a sentence. 7. De qui, Of whom, from whom. De quoi, Of 'what, about what. De qui parlez-vous ? Of whom do you speak f De quoi me parlez-v T ous ? Of (or about vrfiat) do you speak to me ? Model Sentences. J'aurais clonne un parasol. I should have given a parasol. Nous aurions fiui notre theme. We should have finished our eoc- ercise. lis auraient regu un present. They would have received a pres- ent. Le marchand aurait vendu un TJie merchant would have sold a voile. veil. Le monsieur qui aurait parle. Tlie gentleman who would have spoken. La fleur qui est sur la table. Tlie flower which is on the table. Qui serait bien aise ? TT7*o would be very glad? Le tapis que vous auriez achete. The carpet (which) you would have bought. 226 fasquelle's introductory Le cordon que vous auriez noue. Tlie string (which) you would have tied. Le menuisier dont vous parlez. The joiner of whom you speak. Le poisson dont il parle. The fish of which he speaks. De qui avez-vous re^u cela ? From whom- have you received . that? De quoi auriez-vous parle ? Of what (about what) would you have spoken 2 J'aurais eu besoinf d' argent. / should have been in need of money. J'aurais ete bien aise de vous I should have been very glad to voir. see you. Aurions-nous entendu notre Should we have heard our friend? ami ? V O CABULA R Y. Affaire, f. Affair. Aise, Glad. Apporte, Brought. Arrivee, f. Arrival. Associe, ra. Partner. Beignet, m. Fritter. Bois, m. Wood. Concluite, f. Conduct. Crayon, m. Pencil. Cueilli, Picked. Cuisiniere, f. CooJc. Dans, In. D6jeun 6, Breakfasted. Dont, Ofichich Ete, Been. Eu, Had. Fait, Made. Fleur, f. Flower. *Honte, f. Shame, ashamed.) *Huit, Eight. Jambon, m. Ham. Jardin, ra. Garden. Loner, 1. To praise. Mange, Fat en. Miir, Pipe. Ouvert, Opened. \ See Lesson 20 FRENCH COURSE. 227 Parasol, m. Parasol. Pupitre, m. Desk. Porte, f. Door. Rien, Nothing, not any Pour, For. thing. Plus, More. Taille, Mended, cut. Exercise 115. 1 Le parasol que nous vous aurions donne est beau. 2 Xous ne l'aurions pas loue. 3 II nous aurait parle de nos affaires. 4 De quoi vous aurait-elle parle? 5 Elle ne m'aurait parle de rien. 6 Nous aurions ete bien aises de leur ariivee. 7 Nous aurions requ plus que notre associe. 8 Xous n'aurions pas eu tort.* 9 Elles auraient eu honte de leur conduite. 10 Le bois dont vous nous parlez n'aurait pas ete bon pour nous. 11 Xous n'aurions pas cuei li cette fleur. 12 Vous n'auriez pas ouvert la porte du jardin. 13 Xous n'aurions pas mange le jambon que vous avez apporte. 14 La cuisiniere nous aurait fait de bons beignets. 15 Xous aurions dejeune ce matin a huit heures. 16 Le fruit que vous auriez apporte n'aurait pas ete mur. 17 II n'aurait pas taille ce crayon. 18 Le crayon dont vous parlez est dans mon pupitre. 19 De qui l'avez- vous rec,u ? Exercise 116. 1 Would you have mended my pencil ? 2 I would have mended your pencil. 3 You would have given * See Lesson 20. 228 fasquelle's inteoductobt us a fine parasol. 4 We should have praised your conduct. 5 What would you have brought ? 6 We would have brought good wood. 7 Would you have been glad of their arrival ? 8 We should have been very glad of their arrival. 9 We should not have been ashamed of our conduct. 10 We should not have eaten ripe fruit. 11 We would have eaten the fritters. 12 Would you not have received more than your partner? 13 M'y partner would have opened the garden door. 14 They would have eaten the fruit which you have brought. 15 The ham of which you speak is good. 16 You would have praised the ham. 17 The flower of which you speak is beautiful. 18 Of whom do you speak? 19 The wood of which you speak is good. 20 You would not have praised him. 21 My sister would have praised our garden. 22 The cook would have made good bread. 23 You would have given us the beautiful flower. 24 We should not have breakfasted at eight o'clock. 25 What would you have opened ? 26 I would have opened your desk. LEgON LX. LESSON LX. THE IMPERATIVE. THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 1. The imperative has no first person in the singular. 2. The terminations of the other persons, in the first conjugation, are the same as those of the present of the indicative, with the exception of the second person, FRENCH COURSE. 229 which, in the imperative, has no s. The endings are, e, e, ons, ez, ent. 3. Present of the Imperative of Donner, to give, Donn-e. Give or give thou. Qu'il donn-e. Let him give. Donn-ons. Let us give. Donn-ez. Give or give ye. Qu'ils donn-ent. Let them give. 4. In the other conjugations, the endings are the same as in the present of the indicative, with the ex- ception of the third person singular. 2d Conj. is, isse, issons, issez, issent. 3d Conj. ois, oive, evons, evez, oivent. 4th Conj. ds, de, dons, dez, dent. 5 Imperative of Finir, Recevoir, and Yendre. Fin-is, Rec-ois, Ven-ds, Finish (thou). Receive (thou). Sell (thou). Qu'il fin-isse, Qu'il rec-oive, Qu'il ven-de, Let him finish. Let him receive. Let him sell. Fin-issons, Rec-evons, Ven-dons, Let us finish. Let us receive. Let us sell. Fin-issez, Rec-evez, Ven-dez, Finish, Receive. Sell. Qu'ils fin-issent, Qu'ils rec-oivent, Qu'ils ven-dent, Let them finish. Let them receive. Let them sell. 6. Negative Form of the Imperative. Ne donne pas. Do not give. Qu'il ne finisse pas. Let him not finish. Xe recevons pas. Let us not receive. 230 fasquelle's inteoductoby Ne vendez pas. Do not sell. Qu'ils ne donnent pas Let them not give. Model Sentences. Donnez ce beau cheval. Give that beautiful horse. Qu'il parle a son ancien ami. Let him speak to his old friend. Ne pre tons pas notre argent. Let us not lend our money. Finissez aussitot que possible. Finish as soon as possible. Ne recevez pas sa lettre. Do not receive his letter. Qu'ils vendent meilleur marche. Let them sell cheaper. Vendez toutes vos marchan- Sell all your goods. dises. Agissez bien envers lui. Act well towards him. Agissons toujours bien. Let us always behave well. Cherissez toujours vos parents. Always cherish your parents. Qu'ils finissent bientot. Let them finish soon. Ne donnons pas cette belle Let us not give that beautiful peche. peach. Mangez un morceau de pain. Eat a piece of bread. Apportez ce livre, demain Bring that book to-morrow morn- matin. ing. Ne perdez pas patience, Do not lose patience. Vocabulary. Acier, m. Steel. Avertir, 2. To team, to in- Admirer, 1. To admire. form. Adoucir, 2. To soften, to Bon to, f. Kindness. alleviate. Commencer, 1. To com- Agir, 2. To act, to behave. mence. Arrivce, f. Arrival. Ecolier, in. Scholar. FRENCH COURSE. 231 Effets, m. pi., Things. En vers, Towards. Garde r, 1. To keep. Gateau, in. Cake. *IIeros, m. Hero. He ure ux, Happy. Juste, Right, correct. Louer, 1. To praise. Meriter, 1. To deserve. Mesdemoiselles, Young ladies. Misere, f. Misery. Monde (tout le), Every body. Oiseau, m. JBird. Pauvre, m. Poor man. Perdre, 4. To lose. Preter, 1. To lend. Prix, ra. Price. Punir, 2. To punish. Repandre, To spill. Rendre, To render % to re- turn. Reputation, f. Reputation. Tapis, m. Carpet. Ternir, 2. To tarnish. Theme, m. Exercise. Tuer, 1. To kill. Exercise 117, 1 Donnez du gateau a ces enfants. 2 Donnez une plume d'acier a cette petite fille. 3 Ne louez pas ce petit gar^on, il ne le merite pas. 4 Gardez le livre que je vous ai prete. 5 Mesdemoiselles, commencez votre theme. 6 Ne tuez pas ce pauvre oiseau. 7 N'admi- rons pas ce heros.f 8 Ne punissons pas ces ecoliers, ils sont attentifs. 9 Qu'il avertisse son pere de notre ar- rivee. 10 Adoucissez la misere du pauvre. 11 Ne ternissez pas la reputation de vos parents. 12 Qu'il receive toujours ses amis avec bonte.- 13 Vendons toujours a juste prix. 14 Agissons toujours bien f The h is aspirated. 232 fasquelle's inteoductouy envers tout le monde. 15 Rendons toujours nos pa- rents heureux. 16 •Ne repandons pas l'encre sur le tapis. 17 Ne perdez pas vos effets, et les effets de votre sceur. Exercise 118. 1 Praise that good girl, she deserves it. 2 Give that good steel pen and keep the pencil. 3 Do not keep the steel pen. 4 Do not keep the book which I have given you, 5 Do not punish that little girl. 6 Let us receive our friends kindly (with kindness). 1 Act always well towards your friends. 8 Young ladies, finish your exercise. 9 Sell always at a just price. 10 Do not kill those poor birds. 11 Let him not tarnish his father's reputation. 12 Let us pity the poor man's misery. 13 Admire those heroes.* 14 Al- leviate their misery. 15 Act always well towards every body. 16 Render your parents happy. 17 Do not lose your things. 18 Let us not spill the ink upon the table. 19 Punish your scholars, they are not atten- tive. 20 Let us commence our exercises. 21 Let us inform our father of our friend's arrival. 22 Inform my mother of their arrival. 23 Keep the cake which your mother has given you. 24 Behave well towards him (lui). * The h is aspirated. The s of ces is therefore not carried to tha next word. FRENCH COURSE. 233 LEgOX LXI. LESSOX LXI. THE IMPERATIVE, CONTINUED. IEEEGULAE TEEBS. 1. The verb Aller, to go, is irregular in this tense ; the second person singular, however, is like the third person singular of the present of the indicative, and the first and second persons plural are like the correspond- ing persons of that tense. 2. Imperative or Aller, to go, Affirmatively AXD XeGATIVELY. Va. Go thou. Qu'il aille. Let him go. Allons.* Let us go. Allez. Go {ye). Qu'ils aillent. Let them go. Xe va pas. Do not go. Qu'il n'aille pas. Let him not go. X 'allons pas. Let us not go. X'allez pas. Do not go. Qu'ils n'aillent pas. Let them not go. 3. Couvrir, Cueillir, Offrir, &c, (Lesson 34, R. 4.) although belonging to the second conjugation, take, in the imperative, the regular endings of the first. * Allans is used as an interjection, and is then rendered in English by Come! Allons ! mes amis, a Touvrage ! Come, my friends, to work/ 234 fasquelle's introductory IMPERATIVE. Couvrir, to cover. Couvre, Cover thou. Cueillir, to gather. Cueille, Gather thou. Offrir, to offer. OfFre, Offer thou. 4. Those verbs of the second conjugation, which end in tirm&enir, (Lessons 36 and 37), and those of the fourth, ending in uire, aitre, and indre, (Lessons 40, 41, and 42,) are also like the present of the indicative, except in the third person singular. THIRD PERSON OF IMPERATIVE. Sentir, to feel. Qu'il sente, Let him feel. Venir, to come. Qu'il vienne, Let him come. Conduire, to conduct. Qu'il conduise, Let him conduct. Connaitre, to know. Qu'il connaisse, Let him know. Pendre, to paint. Qu'il peigne, Let him paint. 5. The imperative of Avoir and Etre is quite ir- regular. Aie, Have thou. Sois, Be thou. Qu'il ait, Let him have. Qu'il soit, Let him be. Ayons, Let us have. Soyons, Let us be. Ayez, Have (ye). Soyez, Be (ye). Qu'ils aient, I^et them have. Qu'ils soient, Let them be. Model Sentences. Allons a Paris, demain matin. Let us go to Paris to-morrow morning. Qu'ils .aillent a l'ecole de bonne Let them go to school early. heure. Allons! mes enfants, etudiez Come! my children, study your votre lee on. lesson. F BENCH COUESE, 235 N'allez pas au marche aujour- Do not go to market to-day. d'hui. Xe cueillez pas cette pomme. Do not pick that apple. N'ouvrez pas la fenetre. Do not open the luindow. Offrez cette fleur a voire amie. Offer that flower to your friend. Ferrnez cette porte bien vite. Shut that door very quickly. Yenez a deux heures. Come at two o'clock. Xe venez pas trop tard. Do not come too late. Qu'ils viennent avant trois Let them come beforeihree o'clock. heures. Conduisez ce pauvre aveugle. Lead that poor blind man. Xe paraissez pas afflige. Do not appear grieved. Xe craignons pas nos amis. Let us not fear our friends. X'ayez pas peurt de ce chien. Do not be afraid of that dog. Soyons contents de notre sort. Let us be satisfied with our lot. Vocabulary. Animal, m. Animal. Fache, Angry, sorry. Chat, m. Cat. Gater, 1. To spoil. Commission, f. Errand. General, m. General. Conduite, f. Conduct. *Hache, f. Axe. Contre, Against, with. *IIonte, f. Shame, ashamed. Craindre, 4. To fear. Jours (tons les), Every day. Defendre, 4. To defend. Malade, Sick. Desespoir, m. Despair. Mechant, Cross. Desirer, 1. To wish, to de- Morcean, m. Piece. sire. Oublier, 1. To forget. Eeole, f. School. Pomme, f. Apple. Eglise, f. Church. Peur, £ Fear, afraid. \ See Lesson 20. 236 fasquelle's introductory Plain&re, 4. To pity, Toucher, 1. To touch. Qnelques, A few. Trop, Too much, too many. Reduire, 4. To reduce. Vieille, Old woman. Tard, Late. ^ Vite, Quick, quickly. Temps (a), In time. Voir, 3. To see. Exercise 119. 1 Allez chez ce monsieur, il desire vous voir. 2 N'allez pas a l'ecole ce matin, vous etes malade. 3 Allons ! mes amis, cueillez quelques pommes. 4 Ne soyez pas fache si nous venons trop tard. 5 N'ayez pas peur,* moil enfant, le chat n'est pas mediant. 6 Ne touehons pas la hache, nous la gaterions. 7 N'offrez pas de pain a cet enfant. 8 Offrez un morceau de viande a ce monsieur. 9 N'ayez pas honte de votre conduite. 10 Qu'elles viennent a huit heures. 11 Ne conduisez pas ce gar^on cliez le general. 12 Plaignez cette pauvre vieille. 13 Ne craignez pas tous les animaux. 14 N'oubliez pas ma commission. 15 Ne soyons pas faches contre elle. 16 Ne reduisons pas nos parents an desespoir. 1 7 Defendons toujours nos amis. 1 8 Venez toujours a temps. 19 Ne venez jamais trop tard. 20 Qu'ils aillent a l'eglise tous les jours. Exercise 120. 1 Come to my house in time. 2 Do not go to your brother's. 3 Go to her house, she wishes to see you. * See Lesson 20. FRENCH COURSE. 237 4 Come, young ladies, pick some flowers. 5 Come at ei^ht o'clock. 6 Let us not be afraid of the doof. 7 Do not be afraid of the horse, my child. 8 Do not touch the cat, he is cross. 9 Let us go to church this morning. 10 Let us pick a few apples in the garden. 11 Do not be angry with that little girl, she is not cross. 12 Let him not reduce (drive) his parents to despair. 13 Let us not fear that man. 14 Defend always your friends, my child. 15 Let us not come too late. 16 Go to school to-day -at eight o'clock. 17 Conduct our friend to the general's. 18 Offui* a piece of bread to that child. 19 Do not spoil the axe. 20 Go to church every day. 21 Lead that poor old man to your house. 22 Do not be angry with us. 23 Go to my father's, he wishes (to) speak to you. 24 Let us pity the poor old woman. 25 Do not forget our errand. LEgOX LXII. LESSOX LXII. PLACE OF PROXOUXS WITH THE IMPERATIVE. 1. We have seen, Lesson 43, that certain personal pronouns are placed before the verb. 2. When, however, the verb is in the second person of the singular, or in the first or second person of the plural of the Imperative not conjugated ney i° r both genders. Leur, lo them, j ° Ex, #/* ££, o/ ^Aera, some, any. T, To it, to them, there, at that place. Donnez-moi du lait, Give me some milk. Parlez-lui cordialement, Speak to him cordially. Conduisez-le ehez son frere, Take him to his brothers. Donnez-en, Give some of it. Allez-y, Go there. 3. With those persons of the Imperative used affir- matively, the pronoun representing the object comes before that representing the person. Donnez-le-moi, Give it to me. Conduisez-le-lui, Take him to him. 4. En and Y, however, follow the other pronouns. Donnez-lui-en, Give him some. Conduisez-1'y, Take him there. 5. With those persons of the Imperative used nega- tively, and with the third person of the singular and plural, the pronouns precede the verb according to Lessons 43 and 44. FRENCH COURSE. 239 Ne le lui donnez pas, Ne lui parlez pas, Ne lui en donnez pas, Qu'il lui parle, Qu'il ne lui parle pas, Do not give it to him. Do not speak to hi?n. Do not give him any. Let him speak to him. Let him not speak to him. Model Sentences, Pretez-moi de l'argent. Ne me pretez pas d'argent. Yendez-nous cette maison. Ne nous vendez pas cette maison. Yendez-la-lui. Ne la lui vendez pas. Racontez-nous cette aventure. Ne nous la racontez pas. Bacon tez-nous-la. Conduisez-nous dans la biblio- theque. Ne les y conduisez pas. Conduisez-nous-y. Envoyez-leur de belles peches. Envoyez-leur-en. Ne leur en envoyez pas. Lend me some money. Do not lend me any money. Sell us that house. Do not sell us that house. Sell it to him. Do not sell it to him. Relate that adventure to us. Do not relate it to us. Relate it to us. Take us into the library. Do not take them there. Take us there. Send them (some) beautiful peaches. Send them some. Do not send them any. Vocabulary. Accepter, 1. To accept. Acheter, 1. To buy. Aimer, 1. To like, to love. Aise, Glad. Amitie, f. Friendship. Attentivement, Attentively. Autrui, Others. Bientot, Soon. 210 fasqttelle's introductory Bijou, m. Jewel. Offrir, 2. To offer. Cache r, 1. To conceal. Orfevre, m. Goldsmith. Chercher, 1. To seek. Papier, m. Paper. Con d aire, 4. To conduct, Preter, 1. To lend. to lead, to take. Propre, Own. Defend re, 4. To defend. Punir, 2. To punish. Demander, 1. To ask. Quand, ~\Vhe?i. Desirer, 1. To wish. Raconter, 1. To relate. Envoyer, 1. To send. Refuser, 1. To refuse. Faute, f. Fault. Rien du tout, Nothing at Feuille, f. Sheet. all. Frangais, m. French. Sincerement, Sincerely. Histoire, f. History. To uj ours, Always. Lettre, f. Letter. Tout, All. Meriter, 1. To deserve. Y, There. Exercise 121. 1 Donnez-leur tout ce qu'ils demandent. 2 Xe leur refusez rien du tout. 3 Xe le cherchez pas ce matin, il n'est pas chez lui. 4 OfFrez-lui votre amitie, il l'acceptera. 5 Xe la lui offrez pas, il ne l'acceptera pas. 6 Conduisez-nous chez l'orfevre, nous desirous acheter des bijoux. 7 Conduisez-nous-y bient6t. 8 Xe nous punissez pas pour les fautes d'autrui. 9 Punissez-nous pour nos propres fautes. 10 Xe leur cachez pas ton- jours vos fautes. 11 Xe les leur cachez pas, ils vous aiment sincerement. 12 Defendez-les toujours, ils meritent votre amitie. 13 Etudiez le francnis, etudiez- le attentivement. 14 Xe leur envoyez pas cette lettre cette semaine. 15 Envoyez-la-leur quand ils seront FRENCH COURSE. 241 (Lesson 54, Rule 8,) a la maison. 16 Pietez-moi une feuille de papier. 17 Pretez-m'en une. 18 Ne m'en pretez pas. 19 Ne me racontez pas cette histoire. 20 Racontez-la-leur, ils seront bien aises. Exercise 122. 1 Give them those jewels. 2 Do not give those -jewels to the goldsmith. . .3 Give them to me. 4 Do not give them to him. 5 Accept all that he offers you. 6 Offer them those jewels, do not offer them to me. 7 Do not punish them, punish us. 8 Punish them for their own faults. 9 Do not defend them, they do not deserve your friendship. 10 Send them that letter. 11 Send it to them this week. 12 Do not lend them those jewels. 13 Let us study French (le frangais), let us study it attentively. 14 Do not lend them a sheet of paper. 15 Take us to the book- seller (libraire), we wish to buy some paper. 16 Do not take the child to the goldsmith. 17 Do not punish them. 18 Punish him, do not punish her. 19 Relate that story to us. 20 Relate it to him. 21 Do not relate it to them. 22 Do not offer him your friend- ship. 23 Send it to them when they are at home. (See JVo. 15 of the exercise above) 24 Offer her that jewel, she will accept it. 25 Offer it to her. 26 Do not offer it to her. 16 242 fasquelle's introductory LEgOK LXIII. LESSOR LXIII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE. FIRST AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 1. The endings of all the French verbs in this tense are, e, es, e, ions, iez, ent. 2. These terminations, it will be noticed, are like those of the present of the indicative of the first conju- gation, with the exception of the first and second per-' sons of the plural, which take i before ons, ez. 3. In the second conjugation, the above endings are, in the regular verbs, preceded by iss. 4. In the regular verbs of the third conjugation, they are preceded by oi in the singular, and in one person of the plural. For those two conjugations, see the next Lesson. 5. Present of the Subjunctive of Donner, to give, Vendre, to sell, Sentir, to feel, Offrir, to offer, and cueillir, to gather. Que je donn- Que je vend- Que je sent- Que j'onr- Que je cueill- Que tu donn- Que tu vend- Que tu sent- Que tu offr- Cjue tu cueill- es. That I may give. That I may sell. That I may feel. That I may offer. That I may gather. That thou may est give. That thou may est sell. That thou may est feel. That thou may est offer. Tliat thou mayest gather. FRENCH COURSE. 243 Qu'il donn- Qu'il vend- Qu'il sent- Qti'il offr- Qu'il cueill- Que nous donn- Que nous vend- Que nous sent- Que nous offr- Que nous cueili- Que vous donn- Que vous vend- Que vous sent- Que vous offr- Que vous cueill- Qu'ils dona- Qu'ils vend- Qu'ils sent- Qu'ils offr- Qu'ils cueill- That he may give. That he may sell. e. That he may feel. That he may offer. That he may gather. That v:e may give. That ice may sell. > ions. That we may feel. That ice may offer. That ice may gather. That you may give. That you may sell. Y lez. That you may feel. That you may offer. That you may gather. TJiat they may give. TJiat they may sell. ent. That they may feel. That they may offer. That they may gather. 6. The student will perceive by the above model, that Sentir, and the other verbs of the second conjuga- tion, ending in tir (Lesson 36), and also Ouvrir, Couvrir, Offrir, Cueillir (Lesson 34), are conjugated in this tense like the verbs of the first conjugation. 7. Verbs of the second conjugation, ending in enir, also take the above endings, but vary in the first part 244 fasqtttclle's introductory of the word ; this is the case likewise with those verbs of the fourth conjugation ending in uire and indre. Venir, to come. Queje vienn-e, That I may come. Conduire, to conduct. Que je conduis-e, That I may conduct. Peindre, to paint. Que jepeign-e, That I may paint. 8. Aller, to go, is also irregular in the first part of the word, but regular in termination. 9. Present of Subjunctive of Aller, to go. Que j'aille. Que tu ailles. Qu'il aille. Que nous allions. Que vous alliez. Qu'ils aillent. That I may go. That thou may est go. That he may go. That ice may go. That you may go. That they may go. Model Sentences. Que je vous donne du papier. Qu'il etudie ses lemons. Qu'il m'offre son amitie. Je desire qu'il vienne. Je souhaite que vous alliez a l'ecole. Que vous peigniez un portrait. Que nous allions en Angleterre. Qu'elle cueille une belle fleur. Que nous ouvrions cette porte. Qu'elle arrive au point du jour. That I may give you paper. That he may study his lessons. Tliat he may offer me his friend- ship. I wish that he may come. I wish that you may go to school. Tliat you may paint a portrait. Tliat we may go to England. Tliat she may pick a beautiful flower. That ire may open that door. Tliat she may arrive at daybreak. FRENCH COURSE. 245 Qu'il sente ses torts. That he may feel his errors. Que vous mangiez un morceau. That you may eat a hit. Vocabulary. Allemagne, f. Germany, Alter, 1. To go. Angleterre, f. England. An nee, f. Year. A temps, In tune. Aussi, Also. Chez, At or tc the house of* Coucher, m. Setting, Craihdrc, 4. To fear. Cueillir, 2. To pick. Cultiver, 1. To cultivate. Dire, 4. To sag, to tell. Ecole, f. School. Erreur, f. Mistake. Faire, 4. To make. Desirer, 1. To icish. Ici, Here. Jardinier, m. Gardener. Jour, Day. Legume, m. Vegetable. Lever, m. Rise, rising. Litterature, f. Literature, Matin, m. Morning. Officier, m. Officer. Offrir, 2, To offer. Ouvrir, 2. To open. Parent, Relation. Parole, f. Word. Porte, f. Door. Procluire, 4. To produce* Prune, f. Plum. Hester, 1. To remain. Rue, f. Street. Service, m. Service. Soleil, m. San. Souhaiter, 1. To wish Sortir, 2. To go out. Tard, Late. Tenir, To keep. To uj ours, Always. Tout, Every, all. Yerite, f. Truth. Exercise 123. 1 Je souhaite que vous veniez a temps. 2 Qu'elle aille a l'ecole tous les jours. 3 Que nous leur donnions 246 fasquelle's introductory tout ce qu'ils desirent. 4 Que vous les conduisiez chez leurs parents. 5 Qu'ils ne craignent jamais de dire la verite. 6 Que nous craignions de iaire des erreurs. 7 Que notre jardinier cueille toujours les plus belles prunes. 8 Que nous tenions toujours notre parole. 9 Que l'offieier tienne toujours sa parole. 10 Je sou- haite que vous alliez en Angleterre cette annee, car j'y serai aussi. 11 Que je leur offre mes services. 12 Que je ne leur ouvre pas la porte de la rue. 13 Que son jardin produise toujours de bons legumes. 14 Que nous cultivions toujours la litterature. 15 Que nous allions chez votre frere tous les matins. 1G Qu'ils partent au lever du soleil. 17 Qu'elles restent jusqu'au coucher du soleil. 18 Que nous ne sortions ])as trop tard. 19 Nous desirons que votre soeur aille en Alle- magne. 20 Votre mere desire qu'elle reste ici. Exercise 124. 1 You wish that I may give you paper. 2 They wish that I may go to (en) Germany. 3 We wish that she may go to school every day. 4 You wish that she may come every day. 5 That you may always culti- vate literature. 6 I wish that you may always keep your word. 1 I wish that the officer may always keep his w T ord. 8 That you may go to your brother's every day. 9 That you may come here every morning. 10 I wish that you may fear the officer. 11 That the gardener may open the door. 12 That the gardener may come at sunrise. 13 I wish that lie may come before (avant) sunset. 14 I wish that you may offer FRENCH COURSE. 247 them your services. 15 That you may not open the street door to them. 16 You wish that our gardener may pick the plums. 17 You wish that we may go to. the gardener's every morning. 18 I wish that they may set out at sunrise. 19 I wish that you may cul- tivate literature. 20 I wish that they may go to England this year. 21 That you may not go out too late. 22 That you may remain until § unset. 23 I wish that you may fear to make mistakes. 24 You wish that my sister may go to Germany. 25 That I may offer you my word. 26 That the gardener may cultivate vegetables. LEQON LXIV. LESSON LXIV. THE SUBJUNCTIVE, CONTINUED. SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATIONS. 1. As we have said in the last lesson, the termina- tions of the present of the subjunctive of regular verbs of the second conjugation are, in the present of the subjunctive, preceded by iss. They are then isse, isses, isse, issiojis, issiez, issent. 2. Those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending in aitre or oitre, have the same endings. Such verbs, however, retain the a or o of the first part of the word. '243 FASQDELLS'S INTRODUCTORY 3. Present of the Subjunctive of Finir, to FINISH, CoNNAiTRE, TO KNOW, AND CrOITRE, TO GROW, Que je fin- Qae je conna- Que je cro- Que tu fin- Que tu conna- Que tu cro- Qu'il finr Qu'il conna- Qu'il cro- Que nous fin- Que nous conna- Que nous cro- Que vous fin- Que vous conna- Que vous cro- Qu'ils fin- Qu'ils conna Qu'ils cro- lsse. isses. isse. issiez. issent. That I may finish. That I may know. That I may grow. That thou may est finish. That thou mayest know. That thou mayest grow. That he may finish. That he may know. That he may grow. That toe may finish. issions. That we may know. That ice may grow. ; may finish. That you may knoic. That you That you miiy #w*i, That you may grow. That they may finish. That they may know. That they may grow. 4. The regular verbs of the third conjugation take^ as will be seen in the last lesson, oiv in the three per- sons of the singular and the third person plural before the endings of this tense ; these terminations become then, oive, oives, oive, evions, cr/V.r, o'tccnt. The c takes a cedilla ( e ) before o. FRENCH COURSE. 249 5. Subjunctive of Recevoir, to receive. Que je reg-oive. Que tu req-oives. Qu'il req-ojve. Que nous rec-evions. Que vous rec-eviez. Qu'ils rec-oivent. That I may receive. That thou mayest receive. That he may receive. That loe may receive. That you may receive. That they may receive. 6. This tense, in the verbs Avoir and Etre, is quite irregular. 7. Subjunctive of Av Que j'aie. Que tu aies. Qu'il ait. Que nous ayons. Que vous ayez. Qu'ils aient. Que je sois. Que tu sois. Qu'il soit. Que nous soyons. Que vous soyez. Qu'ils soient. OIR, TO HA VE, AND ETRE, TO BE. That I may have. That thou mayest have. That he may have. That we 'may have. That you may have. That they may have. That I may be. That thou 'mayest be. That he may be. That we may be. That you may be. That they may be. Model Sentences. Je desire que vous agissicz bien. / wish that you may behave well. Qu'il finisse de bonne lieure. That he may finish early. Quelle soit bien attentive. Tliat she may he very attentive. 11* 250 fasquelle's introductory Que nous soyonsbien studieux. That we may be very studious. Que nous le recevions bien. That we may receive him well. Que nous ayons de l'amitie pour That we may have friendship for lui. him. Que vousconnaissiezvos devoirs. That you may know your duties. Qu'ils reconnaissent leurs amis. Tliat they may recognize their friends. Que nous n' ayons pas tort. TJiat ive may not be wrong. Que vous ayez toujours raison. That you may always be right. Je souhaite que ces arbres crois- I wish that those trees may grow sent bien. well. Que nous soyons toujours That we may always be happy. heureux. Qu'ils soient toujours trop tard. That they may always be too late- Vocabulary. Agir, 2. To act, to behave. Eeolier, m. Scholar. Amitie, f. Friendship. Eleve, ra. Pupil. Apereevoir, 3. To perceive. En vers, Towards. Beaucoup, Much, many. Espe ranee, f. Hope. Candeur, f. Candor. Estime, f. Esteem. Con ce voir, 3. To conceive. Grand, Great, large. Connaitre, 4. To know. lei, Here. Content, Contented. Jamais, Never. Cordial era ent, Cordially. Legume, ra. Vegetable. Croitre, 4. To groio. Montrer, To show. Dame, f. Lady. Paraitre, 4. To appear. Defaut, ra. Defect. Ponetuel, Punctual. Desirer, 1. To desire. Preeepteur, ra. Teacher. Devoir, 3. To owe. Prospere, Prosperous. Devoir, m. Duty. Rapidement, n>fj)idly. FRENCH COUESE. 25l Reconnaitre, 4. To recog- Souhaiter, 1. To icish. nize, to acknowledge. Studieux, Studious. Remplir, 2. To fulfill Tard, Late. Hester, 1. To remain. Toujours, Always. . Exercise 125. 1 Que nous concevions de grandes esperances. 2 Nous desirons que vous restiez toujours ici. 3 Que nos eleves soient toujours attentifs. 4 Que ces dames soient toujours ponctuelles. 5 Que vous ayez toujours raison, et jamais tort. 6 Que vous montriez toujours beaucoup d'amitie pour nous. 7 Qu'ils agissent tou- jours avec candeur. 8 Que vous conceviez beaucoup d'estime pourlui. 9 Que vous connaissiez vos devoirs. 10 Que mes entants remplissent toujours leurs devoirs. 11 Que nous ne devious pas beaucoup. 12 Qu'ils apergoivent la maison de leur frere. 13 Que n.ous ne reconnaissions pas nos amis. 14 Je souhaite que vous soyez toujours prosperes. 15 Que ces legumes ne crois- sent pas trop rapidement. 16 Que nos ecoliers soient bien studieux. 17 Qu'ils agissent toujours cordiale- ment envers leurs precepteurs. 18 Que vous n'ayez pas toujours tort. 19 Que nous connaissions nos de- fauts. 20 Que vous paraissiez toujours content. Exercise 126. 1 I wish that you may conceive much friendship for him. 2 That your brother may not conceive great 252 FAS QUELLE* I5TE0DUCT0RT hopes. 3 That you may always be punctual. 4 That your friend may always be prosperous. 5 That he may know his duties. 6 That your pupils may always be studious. 7 I wish that your trees may always grow well (bien). 8 That you may recognize your friends. 9 That the vegetables may not grow too rapidly. 10 I wish that you may receive your friends cordially. 11 That those scholars may always fulfill their duties. 12 That you may perceive my house. 13 That the scholars may perceive my friendship. 14 That I may not always be wrong. 15 That you may always act cordially towards me. 16 That he may conceive much esteem for me. 17 I wish that you may always be punctual. 18 That you might know your defects. 19 That the lady may always fulfill her duties. 20 I wish that the child may grow rapidly. 21 That you may recognize your friends. 22 That they may not remain here. 23 That you may not owe much. 24 That my children may have much esteem for (pour) their teacher. 25 That they may always appear con- tented. LEgON LXV. LESSON LXV. THE PAST OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. ENCORE, NE FLU8. 1. The past of the subjunctive is composed of the present of the subjunctive of Avoir or Etre, and the past participle of the principal verb F KEN Cn COURSE. 253 2. Past of the Subjunctive of Donner, Finir, Recevoir, and Vendre. Que j'aie donne. That I may have given. Que tu aies fini. That thou mayest have finished. Qu'il ait recu. That he may have received. Que nous ayons vendu. That we may have sold. Que vous ayez donne. That you may have given. Qu'ils aient fini. That they may have finished. " NEGATIVE FORM. Que jen'aie pas donne. That I may not have given. Que tu n'aies pas fini. That thou mayest not have, finished. Qu'il n'ait pas re^u. That he may not have received. Que nous n'ayons pas That we may not have sold. vendu. Que vous n'ayez pas That you may not have given. donne. Qu'ils n'aient pas fini. That they may not have finished. 3. Encore, more, some more, any more, yet, is not used negatively, except in speaking of time, as in the last example. J'ai encore de l'argent, I have more money. Vous avez encore deslivres, Yon have more books. II n'a pas encore fini sa lie has not yet finished his lec^on, lesson. 4. Xe plus, not any more, no more, not any — left. Vous n'avez plus de papier, You have no more paper. Nous n'avons plus d'encre, We have not any ink left. P54 FASQUELT e's INTRODUCTORY Model Sentences. Que j'aie parle franeais.* TJiat I may have spoken French. Qu'il ait parle anglais. That he may have spoken English. Que vous ayez etuclie l'alle- TJiat you may have studied Ger- mand. man. Qu'ils aient Kpandu le cafe. That they may have spilled the coffee. Qu'ils nous aient rendu nos TJiat they may have returned our habits. clothes to us. Que vous ayez attendu votre That you may have expected your pere. father. Qu'ils aient balaye la maison. TJiat tJiey may have swept flit. house. Que nous ayons encore du drap. That we may have more cloth. Que nous en ayons encore. TJiat we may have more. Que nous n'en ayons plus. TJiat we may Jiave no more. Que sa sceur ait recu une lettre. TJiat Jiis sister may have received a letter. Quelle ait wsite le jardin. TJiat she may have visited the garden. Que nous ayons encore du papier. TJiat we may Jiave more paper. Que nous en ayons encore. TJiat we may Jiave more. Que uous n'en ayons plus. TJiat we may have no more. Vocabulary. Affable, Affable, Bon, Good. Appris, Learned. Cache, Concealed. Attendu, Expected. Carotte, f. Carrot. Avantageusement, Adeem- Chou, m. Cabbage, tageously. Commis, m. Clerk. * For the use of capitals, see " Larger O'^rse/' page 461. FRENCH COURSE, 255 Cond trite, f. Conduct. Correct ement, Correctly. Craint, Feared. Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Domestique, m. and f. Ser- vant. Douceur, f. Mildness. Encore, More, yet, still. Ete, Been. Eu, Had. Famille, f. Family. *Honte, f. Shame. Langue, f. Language. Loup, m. Wolf. Marchandise, f. Merchan- dise. ISTavet, m. Turnip. Nouvelle, News. Obtenu, Obtained. Parle, Spoken. Place, f. Situation. Plaisir, m. Pleasure. Plus, More, No more. Pois, m. Pea. Rave, f. Padish. Soie, f. Silk. Teint, Dyed. Teinturier, Dyer. Traite, Treated. Vendu, Sold. Verite, f. Truth. Exercise 127. 1 Que nous ayons parle correctement. 2 Quo ses freres aient eu beaucoup de plaisir. 3 Je souhaite qu'ils aient vendu leurs marchandises avantageusement. 4 Qu'ils aient obtenu une bonne raaison. 5 Que son cominis ait obtenu une bonne place. 6 Qu'il ait traite ses domestiques avec douceur. 7 Que votre ami ait recju de bonne nouvelles de sa famille. 8 Qu'il n'ait pas eu honte de sa conduite. 9 Que cette demoiselle ait etc bien affable. 10 Que vous ne m'ayez pas cache la verite. 11 Que le teinturier ait teint beaucoup de soie. 12 Que ces messieurs aient apprifl la langue frangaise. 13 Que nous n'ayons pas attendu not re pcre. 256 fasquelle'g iktkoduc .:::r 14 Que vous n'ayez pas craint le loup. 15 N'avez- vous plus de legumes ? 16 Oui, madame, j'en ai encore, j'ai encore des carottes, des navets et des raves. 17 Le jardinier n'a plus de choux. 18 II a encore des pois. 19 Nous en avons encore. 20 L'autre jardinier n'en a plus. Exercise 128. 1 That you may have been affable. 2 I wish that his friend may have received good news. 3 That you may have treated your family with mildness. 4 I wish that you may not have concealed the truth. 5 That those young ladies may have learned the French lan- guage. 6 That those young ladies may have been very affable. 7 That he may have expected his sister. 8 That he may not have feared the wolf. 9 I wish that the gardener may have more vegetables. 10 The gardener has no more vegetables. 11 He has no more turnips. 12 He has more carrots and peas. 13 We have more. 14 We have no more. 15 That they may have spoken correctly. 1G That you may not have sold your merchandise advantageously. 17 That the clerk may have received good news from his family. 18 That he may have obtained a good situation. 19 That the dyer may have dyed much. 20 That you may have learned the French language. 21 That my sister may have expected me. 22 That I may have expected my brother. 23 That you may have obtained a good house. 24 That you may have spoken the French 1 language correctly. 25 That he may not have spoken correctly. FRENCH COURSE, 25t LEgON LXVI. LESSON LXYI. THE IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. FIRST CON- JUGATION. 1. The endings of the imperfect of the subjunctive cf all the French verbs are, sse, sses, t, ssions, ssiez, ssent. The vowel preceding the t of the third person singular has always a circumflex accent (at, it, ui). 2. In the first conjugation, those endings are pre- ceded by an a, and become asse, asses, at, assio?is, assiez, assent. 3. Every verb of the first conjugation is regular in this tense. 4. Imperfect give, Aller, to Que je donn- Que j'all- Que j'envoy- Que tu donn- Que tu all- Que tu envoy- Qu'il donn- Qu'il all- Qu'il envoy- Que nous donn- Que nous all- Que nous envoy- of the Subjunctive of Donner, to GO, AND ENVOYER, TO SEND. \ That I might give. > asse. That J might go. ) That I might send. ) That thou mightest give. That thou mightest go. That thou mightest send. That he might give. That he might go. That he might send. That tee might give. That we might go. That ice might send. asses. at. assions. 258 fasquelle's inteoductory Que vous clonn- } That you migJit give. Que vous all- >• assiez. That you might go. Que vous envoy- ) That you might send. Qu'ils clonn- } That they might give. Qu'ils all- V assent. That they might go. Qu'ils envoy- ) That they might send. NEGATIVE FORM OF DOXXEE. Que je ne donnasse pas. That I might not give. Que tu ne donnasses pas. That thou mightest not give. Qu'il ne donnat pas. That he might not give. Que nous ne donnassions pas. That toe might not give. Que vous ne donnassiez pas. That you might not give. Qu'ils ne donnassent pas. TJiat they might not give. Model Sentences. Vous desiriez que je vous You wished that I might speak to parlasse. you. Que vous allassiez a la ville. That you might go to the city. Que j'envoyasse une tulipe a That I might send a tulip to my ma soeur. sister. Que vous ne donnassiez pas un TJiat you might not give an abricot au petit garcon. apricot to the little hoy. Qu'ils achetassent un beau TJiat they might buy a beautiful cheval. horse. Qu'il chassfit toute la journee. TJiat Jie might h urrf the irJwle day. Qu'il nous apportat la gazette. TJiat he might bring us the news- paper. Que l'ecolier ne dilchirat pas TJiat the scholar might not tear son livre. his book. FRENCH COURSE. 259 Que vous taillassiez votre That you might mend your crayon. pencil. Que nous allassions a l'eglise. TJiat we might go to church. Que nous etudiassions notre That we might study our lesson. lecon. Que son cousin etudiat This- That his cousin might study his- toire. tory. Vocabulary. Acheter, 1. To buy. Gens, People. Algebre, f. Algebra. Geometric, f. Geometry. Aller, 1. To go. Gibier, m. Game. Amener, 1. To bring. Heure, f. Hour. An, m. Year. Italien, Italian. Cahier, m. Copy-book. Jeune, Young. Chez, At or to the house of. Maitre, m. Teacher. Conuaissance, i. Acquaint- Marcher, 1. To walk. ance. Mathematiques, f. pi., Ma- Correctement, Correctly. thematics. Dans, In. Medecin, m. Physician. Dcehirer, 1. To tear. Meilleur, Better. Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Mener, 1. To take, to lead*. Desirer, 1. To desire. Monsieur, m. Gentleman. Dix, Ten. Plume, f. Pen. Douceur, f. Mildness, kind- Precepteur, m. Teacher. uess. Hester, 1 . To remain. Drap, m. Cloth. Rien, Nothing. Ecolier, m. Scholar. Tailler, 1. To mend. Espagnol, m. Spaniard. Traiter, 1. To treat. Etudier, 1. To study. Ville, f. City. 260 FASQTj^v LE ? £ IKTEODUCTOBT Exercise 129. 1 Je desirais que vous rn'envoyassiez du gibicr. 2 Que mon amie les traitat bien. 3 Que nous trai- tassions nos enfants avec douceur. 4 Qu'ils allassent chez leur precepteur. 5 Que vous nous amenassiez vos meilleurs amis. 6 Qu'il nous amenat ses connais- sances. 7 Que notre maitre taillat une plume. 8 Qu'il menat son cousin chez nous. 9 Que nous n'allassions pas chez ce monsieur. 10 Que les ecoliers ne deehi- rassent pas leurs cahiers. 11 Que nous etudiassions l'algebre. 12 Que ces jeunes gens etudiassent les mathematiques. 13 Que notre soeur etudiat la geo- metric 14 Que ces demoiselles parlassent correct e- ment l'italien. 15 Que je ne parlasse pas l'espagnol. 16 Que vous restassiez plus de dix ans dans cette ville. 17 Notre medecin desirait que nous marchassions deux heures. 18 Qu'il achetat beaucoup de drap. 19 Que vous n'achetassiez rien. Exercise 130. 1 You would wish (Conditional, Lesson 57) that I might send you a copy-book. 2 That we might send you game. 3 That my brother might send you cloth. 4 That you might send me those young people. 5 That I might take my children to (chez) my acquaint- ance's. 6 That the physician's children might study (the) mathematics. 7* That those young people might study algebra. 8 I should wish that those young ladies might speak correctly. 9 That we might take F E E N C II COURSE. 261 our cousin to your house. 10 That the physician might speak Spanish. 11 That the teacher might mend my pen. 12 The physician desired that you should walk one hour. 13 That you might not go to that gentleman. 14 That the young lady might not tear her copy-book. 15 That your acquaintance might bring you to your cousin's. 16 That I might speak Spanish correctly. 17 That the teacher might remain at your house. 18 That he might buy cloth. 19 That he might take his cousin to our house. 20 That the phy- sician might buy the best cloth. 21 That we might desire to speak to you. 22 That he might wish to see me (me voir). 23 That we might wish to see your sister. 24 That you might treat us with (avec) kind- ness. 25 That he mi^ht treat us with kiadness. LEgOX LXVII. LESSOX LXVII. THE IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE, CONTINUED. SECOND AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 1. The terminations of the imperfect of the subjunc- tive, in the second and fourth conjugations, take i be- fore the endings given in the first rule of the last lesson, and become isse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent. 2. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Finir and Yendre. Que je fin- J . That I might finish. Que je vend- \ ' That I might sell. 262 FAR QUELLE S INTRODUCTORY Que tu fin- Que tu vend- Qu'il fin- Qu'il vend- Que nous fin- Que nous vend- Que vous fin- Que vous vend- Qu'ils fin- Qu'ils vend- lsses. it. , issions. issiez. issent. That thou might est finish. That thou mightest sell. That he might finish. That he might sell. That we might finish. That we "might sell. That you might finish. That you might sell. That they might finish. That they might sell. 3. Cueillir, Oflrir, and those irregular verbs of the second conjugation named in Rule 4 of Lesson 34, take the above regular terminations ; so do also the verbs of the second conjugation ending in tir t such as Sentir, Partir, &c. Lesson 36, Rule 1. Que je cueiil Que j'offr- Que je sent- Que je part- . isse. That I might gather. That I might offer. That I might feel. That 1 might set out. 4. In those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending in if ire and indre (Lessons 40 and 42), the above endings are used ; the first part of the word, however, is a little changed. 5. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Conduire and Peindre. Que je conduis- j . That I might conduct. Que je peign- j " That I might paint. FRENCH COURSE. 263 Que tu conduis- Que tu peign- Qu'il conduis- Qu'il peign- Que nous conduis- Que nous peign- Que vousconduis- Que vous peign- Qu'ils conduis- Qu'ils peign- lsses. it. issions. issiez. issent. That thou mightest conduct That thou mightest paint. That he might conduct. That he might paint. That ice might conduct. That ice might paint. That you might conduct. That you might paint. That they might conduct. That they might paint. 6. In Venir, to come, and those verbs of the second conjugation ending in enir (Lesson 37), n is put after the i of the above endings, and the e of enir dropped. 7. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Venir, to come. Que je v-insse. Que tu v-insses. Qu'il v-int. Que nous v-inssions. Que vous v-inssiez. Qu'ils v-inssent. That I might come. That thou mightest come. That he might come. That we might come. That you might come. TJiat they might come. Model Sentences. Yous desireriez que je finisse You would wish that I might mon travail. finish (or me to finish) my work. Que je vendisse la maison. TJiat I might sell the house. Quevotre fn*re rendit justice a Tnat your brother might do (lit., ses ennemis. render) justice to his enemies. 264 fas v^L elle's introductory Que le professeur vint toujours TJiat the professor might always a temps. come in time. Que nous agissions toujours bien. That we might always behave well. Que je lui offrisse mon amitie. That I might offer him my friend- ship. Que nous partissions de bonne That we might go away early. heure. Que vous cueillissiez de belles Tliat you might pick beautiful roses. roses. Que nous ne le conduisissions That we might not lead him. pas. Que vous ne detruisissiez pas That you might not destroy your vos habits. clothes. Qu'ils ne peignissent pas bien. That they might not paint well. Qu'ils craignissent leurs parents. TJiat they might fear their parents. Vocabulary. Affaire, f. Affair. Delai, m. Delay. Agir, 2. To act, to behave. Desirer, 1. To wish. Amitie, f. Friendship, Detruire, 4. To destroy. Beau, bel, Fine, handsome. Edifice, m. Edifice. Blame, m. Blame. Esperance, f. Hope. Bonne heure (de), Early. Faveur, f. Favor. Chez, At or to the house of. Fleur, f. Flower. Conduire, 4. To conduct, Jamais, Never. to lead. Jardin, m. Garden. Construii e, 4. To construct. Maison, f. House. Craindre, 4. To fear. Marchandise, f. JIereha?i~ Gueillir, 2, To gather, to 'disc. pick. Offrir, 2. To offer. FRENCH COURSE. 265 Ouvrir, 2. To open. Sentir, 2. To feel. Partir, 2. To go away, to Sortir, 2. To go out. set out. Souhaiter, 1. To icish, to Peindre, To paint. desire. Plus tot, Sooner. Tarcl, Late. Porte, f. Boor. Tot, Soo?i. Possijble, Possible. Trop, Too, too much, too Professeur, m. Professor. many. Repondre, 4. To reply. Vendre, 4. To sell. Sans, Without. Yenir, 2. To come. Exercise 131. 1 Yous souhaitiez que je vinsse chez vous. 2 You3 desiriez que je vous vendisse cette maison. 3 Que ces jeunes gens peiguissent bien. 4 Qu'ils ne craignissent pas le blame. 5 Qu'ils conduisissent bien leurs affaires. 6 Que nous sortissions le plus tot possible. 7 Que ces messieurs partissent sans delai. 8 Qu'ils detruisissent ces belles esperances. 9 Que nous construisissions un bel edifice. 10 Je souhaiterais que vous agissiez tou- jours bien. 11 Que nous ne vinssions jamais trop tard. 12 Que vous sentissiez ces faveurs. 13 Que je n'offrisse pas raon amitie. 14 Qu'il nous offrit ses services. 15 Que nous cueillissions les plus belles flours de votre jardin. 16 Que nous lui offrissions ces belles marchandises. 17 Que nous lui ouvrissions la porte. 18 Que le professeur vint toujours chez nous. 19 Qu'il vint de bonne heure. 20 Qu'ils vinssent toujours trop tard. 21 Qu'ils repondissent a notre lettre 12 266 fasquelle's introductory Exercise 132. 1 You wished that we might go out early. 2 Those gentlemen wished that we might set out late. 3 That you might reply to our letter. 4 That you might build (construct) a beautiful house. 5 That our friend might always act well. 6 I wished that you might set out without delay. 7 That you might not fear my friendship. 8 That you might always come to our house. 9 That you might feel my friendship. 10 That you might never come too late to our house. 11 That we might offer him our friendship. 12 That the gentle- men might offer us their services. 13 That the pro- fessor might not come to our house. 14 That you might feel your friend's favors. 15 That you might pick the most beautiful flowers. 16 That he might pick the beautiful roses (roses). IV That they might not destroy my hopes. 18 That you might destroy that merchandise. 19 That my friend might coma without delay. 20 That they might not fear his favors. 21 That they might sell their merchandise. 22 That you might not go away too soon. 23 That they might not come too late. 24 That you might come to my house. 25 That they might come to the physician's. LEQON LXVIII. LESSON LXVIII. the imperfect of the subjunctive, continued. third conjugation. 1. The general terminations of the imperfect of the subjunctive in the third conjugation, are preceded FRENCH COURSE. 267 by w, and become usse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent, 2. Those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, which end in aitre and oitre, take in this tense, as in the past definite, the terminations of the third conju- gation. 3. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Recevoir, TO REGEIYE ) AND CoNNAITRE, TO KjfOW. That I might receive. That I rniqht know. Que je rec- Que je conn- usse. Que tu rec- Que tu conn- Qu'il rec- Qu'il conn- Que nous rec,- Que nous conn- Que vous rec- Que vous conn- Qu'ils rec- Qu'ils conn- t uss usses. ut. ussions. ussiez. (- US: ussent. That thou mightest receive. That thou mightest know. That he might receive. That he might know. That we might receive. That ice might know. That you might receive. That you might know. That they might receive. That they might know. 4. Those irregular verbs of the second and fourth conjugations which take the endings of the past definite of the third conjugation, take also the endings of the imperfect of the subjunctive of the same. Courir, to run. Que je cour-usse, That Imight run. Mourir, to die. Quo je mour-usse, That I might die. 263 JASQUELLS'S INTRODUCTORY Boire, to drink. Que je b-usse, That I might drink. Ci'oire, to believe. Que je cr-usse, That I might believe. Lire, to read. Que je 1-usse, That I might read. Plaire, to please. Que je pl-usse, That 1 might please. 5. Avoir and Etre have also the above terminations, but are irregular in the first part of the word. 6. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Avoir, to have, and Etre, to be. Que j'eusse. That I might have. Que tu eusses. That thou mightest have. Qu'il exit. That he might have. Que nous eussions. That ice 'might have. Que vous eussiez. That you might have. Qu'ils eussent. That they might have. Que je fusse. That I might be. Que tu fusses. That thou mightest be. Qu'il fut. That he might be. Que nous fussions. That ice might be. Que vous fussiez. That you might be. Qu'ils fussent. That they might be. Model Sentences. Jo (Ic-sirais que vous connussiez / wished that you might know vos devoirs. your duties. Que vous recussiez mes amis. That you might receive my friends. Quil apeirut la colline do sa That lv might perceive the hill iuaison. from his It o use. Que je courusse plus vite que Tiiat I might run quicker than niou frere. nnj brother. FRENCH COURSE. 2G9 Que je busse trop d'eau. Qu'il crut tout le monde. Que nous bussions uue tasse de the. Que nous n'eussions pas tou- jours tort. Que vous fussiez tres diligente. Qu'ils n'eussent jamais raison. Qu'ils parussent toujours eon- tents. Qu'ils lussent ee livre attentive- ment. That I might drink too much water. TJiat he might believe every body. TJiai we might drink a cup of tea. TJiat we might not always be wrong. That you might be very diligent TJiat they might never be rigid. That they might always appear contented. That they might read that book attentively. Vocabulary. Affalrilite, f. Affability. Apercevoir, 3. To perceive, Avec, With. Beau co up, Much. Boire, 4. To drink. Con vain cu, Convinced. Courir, 2. To run. D'abord, At first. Dans, In. Decevoir, 3. To deceive. Desirer, 1. To desire. Diligent, Diligent. Ean, f. Water. Erreur, f. Error. Fatigue, Tired, Fille, Girl. Homme, m. Man. *ITonte, f. Shame, ashamed. Jamais, Never. Jenne, Young. Lire, 4. To read. Mieux, Better. Paraitre, 4. To appear. Petit, Little. Peur, f. Fear, afraid. Plus, More. Raison, f. Reason, right. Rcconnaitre, 4. To recog- nize. Souhaiter, 1. To toish. Tort, m. Wrong. Tout a fait, Quite. Trop, Too, too much. Vite, Quick, quickly. 270 fasquelle's introductory Exercise 133. 1 Que je reconnusse la petite fille. 2 Que son irere ne la reconnut pas d'abord. 3 Qu'il ne parut pas tout a fait convaincu. 4 Qu'ils ne nous apercussent pas. 5 Que vous apercussiez votre erreur. 6 Que vous ne lussiez pas mes lettres. 7 Que je busse trop d'eau. 8 Que je ne courusse pas toujours dans le jardin. 9 Que la petite fille courut trop vite. 10 Que nous ne fussions jamais fatigues. 11 Que vous ne nous recussiez pas avec affabilite. 12 Que le jeune homme decut les amis de son frere. 13 Nous desirerions que vous fussiez beaucoup plus diligents. 14 Nous sou- haiterions que vous nous recussiez mieux. 15 Que nous n'eussions jamais tort. 16 Que vous eussiez toujours raison. 17 Que vos freres n'eussent ni honte ni peur. Exercise 134. 1 That we might know our duties. 2 That you might receive your friends with affability. 3 That your brother might appear quite convinced. 4 That I might never be tired. 5 That you might never de- ceive the young man. 6 That the young man might never deceive his brother. 7 That I might chink water. 8 That we might not drink too much water. 9 That we might not run too fist. 10 That you might not be too tired. 11 That the little girl might run in the garden. 12 lie wishes that we might be more diligent. 13 We would wish that he might be more diligent. 14 That he might recognize us at first. FRENCH COURSE. 271 15 We would wish that you might perceive your error. 10 We would wish that you might receive him well. 17 That you might never be wrong. 18 That I might always be right. 19 That you might be neither ashamed nor afraid. 20 That you might be convinced. 21 That he might be diligent. 22 That the little girl might not run fast. 23 That you might not run too fast. 24 That you might recognize me at first. 25 That you might not recognize him. 26 That we mi^ht not read his letters. LEQOX LXIX. LESSOX LXIX. THE PLUPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 1. The pluperfect of the subjunctive is formed of the imperfect of the subjunctive of Avoir or Etre and the past participle of the principal verb. 2. Pluperfect of Donner, Fintr, Recevoir, and Tenure. Que j'eusse donne. That I might have given. Que tu eusses fini. That thou mightest have finished. Qu'il eut recu. That he might hare received. Que nous eussions vendu. That we might have sold. Que vous eussiez donne. That you might have given. Qu'ils eussent fini. That they might have fin- ished. 272 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY NEGATIVE FORM. Que je n'eusse pas donne. That I might not have given. Que tu n'eusses pas fini. That thou mi g litest not have finished. Qu'il n'eut pas regu. That he might not have re- ceived. Que nous n'eussions pas That vie might not have sold. vendu. Que vous n'eussiez pas That you might not have donne. given. Qu'ils n'eussent pas fini. That they might not have finished. Model Sentences, Que l'orateur eut fini son clis- That the orator might have fin- cours. ished his speech. Que nous eussions amuse les That ive might have amused the enfants. children. Qu'ils eussent reussi dans leurs Tliat they might have succeeded affaires. in their affairs. Qu'ils eussent ete affables. That they might have been affable. Que votre frere eut ache te cette That your brother might hare maison. bought that house. Que nous n'eussions pas ecrit. That we might not hare written. Que je ne lui eusse pas raconte That I might not hare related to cette histoire. him that history. Que vous lui eussiez dit cela. Tliat you might have told him thai. Que le marchand eut vendu Tliat the merchant might hare tout son drap. sold all his cloth. Que noua eussions cultivenotre Tliat we might have cultivated janliu. our garden. FRENCH COURSE. 273 Que votre jardinier eut plante TJiat your gardener might have un verger. planted an orchard. Vocabulary. Agi, Acted. Ferme, Shut. Attentivement, Attentively. Fleur, f. Flower. Avant, Before. Honorable, Honorable. Avis, m. Advice. Interessant, Interesting. Barriere, f. Gate. Lu, Head. Bien, Well. Obtenu, Obtained. Cela, That. Occupe, Occupied. Ce que, That, what. Ouvert, Opened. Dit, Said, told. Perdu, Lost. Donne, Given. Position, f. Position. Ecolier, m. Scholar. Prog res, m. Progress. Ecrit, Written. Rapid e, Rapid. Entreprise, f. Undertake Reussi, Succeeded. big. Rien, Nothing. Ete, Been. Satisfait, Satisfied. Eu, Had. Succes, in. Success. Fait, Pone, made. Tout, All. Fenetre, Window. Verite, f. Truth. Exercise 135. 1 Que vous eussiez fini avant moi. 2 Que vous n'eussiez pas reussi. 3 Qu'ils eussent obtenu tout ce- qu'ils desirent. 4 Que les ecoliers eussent fait des progrfcs raj)ides. 5 Que nous eussions lu attentive- ment. 6 Que vous n'eussiez pas perdu votre argent. 7 Qu'il eut occupe une position honorable. 8 Qu'ils 18 $*! FASQ t? lull's I2TT20DUCTORY eussent toujours ete honorables. 9 Qu'ils eussent satis- fait leurs parents. 10 Qu'ils eussent toujours eu du succes clans leurs entreprises. 11 Qu'ils n'eussent pas eerit un livre interessant. 12 Que vous eussiez ouvert les fenetres. 13 Qu'ils eussent ferme la barriere du jarclin. 14 Que nous n'eussions pas bien agi. 15 Que vous leur eussiez clit la verite. 16 Que nous leur eussions clit cela. 17 Que nous vous eussions donne notre avis. 18 Que vous leur eussiez donne une flear. 19 Que vous n'eussiez rien perdu. 20 Que nous eussions tout perdu. Exercise 136. 1 That we might have lost nothing. 2 That we might not have finished. 3 That he might have finished before me. 4 That you might have obtained your money. 5 That my brothers might have obtained all that they wish. 6 That we might have satisfied our parents. 7 That you might have satisfied your friends. 8 That we might have told the truth. 9 That you might have success. 10 That he might have success in Ills undertaking. 11 That you might have opened the gate. 12 That they might have shut the window. 13 That you might have written an interesting book. 14 That your brother might have given his advice. 15 That you might have given your advice. 16 That you might have given me a flower. 17 That they might have given a book. 18 That you might have satisfied your friend. 19 That we might have satisfied our parents. 20 That we might have finished our FRENCH COURSE. 275 book. 21 That our friends might have lost nothing. 22 That you might not have lest all 23 That you might not have opened the gate. 24 That you might have occupied an honorable position. 25 That my friend might not have lost his money. The young student, having now become somewhat familiar with the easier principles of the French lan- guage, and acquainted with the regular verbs and those parts of the irregular verbs which have been classified in the foregoing lessons, will now be able to take the Larger Course, or "Xew French Method." The earlier and easier lessons of the book will give him a good opportunity of reviewing what he has already found in the Introductory Course, and enable him to study understanding^ the more difficult portions of the work. The verbs, in the larger work, are pre- sented in different groupings ; and when the student has passed through the lessons, he will, if his study has been diligent, be conversant with the verbs, as well as with the other portions of the language. lh\y success attend him on that path which we have endeavored to render pleasant as well as profitable ! APPENDIX. I. — The Days op the Week. — II. The Months op the Tear. — III. The Seasons.— IV. The Numbers. — V. The Auxiliary Verbs. — VI. The Four Conjugations of Verbs. — VII. The Passive Verb. — VIII. The Reflective Verb. Les Jours. i. The Days. Dimanche, Sunday. Lundi, Monday. Mardi, . Tuesday. Mercredi, Wednesday. Jeudi, . Thursday. Vendredi, Friday. Samedi, Saturday. Les Mois. ii. The Months. Janvier, January. Fevrier, February. Mars, . March. Avril, . April. Mai, May. Juin, . June. Juillet, July. Aout,* . August. Septembre. September. Octobre, October. Novembre, . November. Decembre, December. Les Saisons HI The Seasons. Le printemps >» • Spring:. I/ete, . Summer. L'automne, , , Autumn. L'hiver, • Winter. * Pronounced nearly like oo in English. APPENDIX, 277 Les Xo^ibres. Cardinaux. Un, masc. JJne^fem Deux Trois Quatre Cinq Six . Sept Huit Neuf Dix . Onze Douze Treize Quatorze . Quinze Seize Dix-sept . Dix-huit . Dix-neuf . Viugt Vingt et un Vingt-deux Vingt-trois Vingt-quatre Vingt-einq Yingt-six Yingt-sept Yiugt-huit Yingt-neuf Trente Trente et un Trente-deux Trente-trois Trente-quatre Trente-cinq Trente-six Trente-sept Trente-huit Trente-neuf Quarante . Quarante et an Quarante -deux Quarante-trois Quarante-quatre Quarante-cinq Quarante-six . Quaraute-sept . Quarante-lniit . IV. The Numbers. Cardinal Numbers. 1 2 e 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 20 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Nrnnbre* Ordinal Numbers. Ordinaux, JNumuei Premier, masc. Premiere, fern. 1st Deuxieme, second, seconde 2d Troisieme Quatrieme . Cinquieme . Sixieme Septieme Haiti eme Neuvieme . Dixieme Onzieme Douzieme . Treizieme Quatorzieme Quinzieme . Seizieme Dix- septieme Dix-huitieme Dix-neuvieme Vingtieme . Vingt et unieme Vlngt-deuxieme Vingt-troisieme v'inoft-quatrieme v'iogt-cinquieme Vingt-sixieme Vingt-septieme Vingt-huitieme Vingt-neuvieme Trentieme . Trente et unieme Trente-deuxieme Trente-troisieme . Trente-quatrieme Trente-cinq uieme Trente-sixieme Trente-septieme . Trente-hoitieme . Trente-neavieme Quarantieme Quarante et unieme Quarante-denxieme Quaraotertroisieme Quarante-quatrieme Qaarante-ci no uieme Quarante-sixieme Qoaraute-eeptidme Quarante-huitieme 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22d 23d 24th 25th 26th 27th 28th 29th 30th 31st 32d 33d 34th 35th 36th 37th 38th 39th 40th 41st 42d 43d 44th 45th 46th 47 th 4Sth 278 APPENDIX. Nombres Cardinal Cardinaux. Numbers. Quarante-neuf . 49 Cinquante . 50 Cinquante et 1111 . 51 Cinquante-deux . 52 Cinquante-trois . 53 Cinquante-quatre . . 54 Cinquante-cinq . 55 Cinquante-six . . 5(5 Cinquante-sept . 57 Cinquante-huit . 58 Cinqaante-ueuf . 59 Soi xante . . 60 Soixante et un . 61 Soixante-deux . 62 Soixante-trois . . 63 Soixante-quatre . 64 Soixante-cinq . . 65 Soixante-six . 66 Soixante-sept . . 67 Soixante-huit . . 68 Soixante-neuf . . 69 Soixante-dix . . 70 Soixante et onze . 71 Soixante-douze . 72 Soixante-treize . 73 Soixante-quatorze . . 74 Soixante-qninze . 75 Soixante-seize . 76 Soixante-dix-sept . . 77 Soixante-dix-huit . . 78 Soixante-dix-neuf . . 79 Quatre-vingts . 80 Q u at re- vingt-un . 81 Quatre-vingt-deux . . 82 Qnatre-vingt-trois . . 83 Quatre-vingt-quatre . 84 Quatre-vingt-cinq . . 85 Qnatre-vingt-six . 86 Quatre-vingt-sept . . 87 Quatre vingt-huit . . 88 Quatre-vingt-neuf . . 89 Quatre- vingt-dix . 90 Quatre-vingt-onza . . 91 Quatre-vingt-douze . 92 Quatre- vingt-treize . 93 Qnatre-vingt-quatorze . 94 Quatre-vingt-quinze . 95 Qpatre-vingt-seize . . 96 Qnatre-vingt-dix-sept . 97 Quatre- vingt-dix-huit . 98 Nombra Ordinaux, Quarante-neuvieme Cm quan tie me Cinquante et unieme . Cinquante-deuxieme . Cinquaute-troisieme . Cinq uante-quatri erne . Cinquante-cinquR-me . Cinquante-sixieme Cinquante-septieme Cinquante-huitieme Cinquante-neuvienie . Soixantieme . Soixante et unieme Soixaute-deuxieme Soixautc-troisieme Soixante-quatrieme Soixante-cinquieme Soixante-sixieme . Soixante-septieme Soixante-huitieme Soixante-neuvieme Soixante-dixieme Soixante et onzieme Soixante-douzieme Soixante-treizieme Soixante-quatorzieme . Soixante-quinzkme Soixante-seizieme Soixante-dix-^eptieme Soixante-dix-liuitieme Soixante-dix-neuvieme Quatre-vingtieme Quatre-vingt-unicme . Quatre- vingt-deuxieme Quatre-vingt-troisieme Quatre-vingt-quatrieme Quatre-vingt-cinquiemc Quatre- vingt-sixieme . Quatre- vjngt-septieme Quatre- vingt-huitiemo Quatre- vingt-neuvieme Quatre -vingt-dixi£me . Quatre- vingt onzieme . Quatre- vrngt-douzidme Quatre- vingt- treizieme Quatre-vingt-qnatorsidme Qnatre-vmet-qninzieme Quatre-vingt-seizieme . Quatre-vingt-dix-septi£me | Quatre-vingt-dix-huitieme APPENDIX. 279 Nbmbrea Cardinal Xombres Ordinal Cardinaux. N umbers. OrJinaux. Numbers. Quatre-vingt-dix-neuf . . 99 Quatre-vingt-dix-neuvieme yyth Cjut 100 Centieme . 100th Gent-un . 101 Cent-unieme 101st Cent-deux . . 102 Cent-deuxieme 102d Uent-trois . 103 Cent-troisieme . 103d Ceut-dix . 110 Cent-dixieme . 110th Ceut-onze . Ill Cent-onzieme . . 111th Cent-vingt . . 120 Cent-vingtieme 120th Deux cents . .' 200 Deux centieme . . 200th Deux cent-un . 201 Deux cent-unieme . 201st Deux cent-deux . 202 Deux cent-deuxieme 202d Mille . . 1000 Miilieme . . 1000th Deux mille . . 2000 Deux miilieme . . 2000th Mil huit cent quarante-huit 1848 Mil huit cent quarante- huitieme . 1848th Un million . . A million Millioneme Millionth V. The Auxiliary Verbs. — Avoir, to rave: Affirmatively. Indicative Mode. SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. PRESENT. PAST INDEFINITE. J'ai, I hive J'ai eu, I have had Tuas, thou hast Tu as eu, thou hast had Da, he has 11 a eu, he has had Nona avons we have Nous avons eu, we have had Vous avez, you have Vous avez eu, you have It ad Us out, they have Us out eu, they have had IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. J'avais, I had, was having, or 1 'used J'avais eu, I had had to have Tu avais, thou hadst Tu avais eu, thou had-' It I II avait, he had, Uavaiteu, he had had, Nous avionSj we had Nous avions eu, we had had Vous aviez, you had Vous aviez eu, you had had Us avaient, they had Us avaient eu, they had had PAST DEFINITE. J'eus, I had, or did have J'eus eu, Tu eu>, thou hadst, etc. Tu ens eu, II eut, he had 11 eut eu, Nous eiimes, we had Nous eiimes eu, Vous elites, you had Vous elites eu, Us eurent, they had lis eurent eu, PAST ANTERIOR. 7 had had, thou hadst had he had had we had had you had. hud they had laid 280 APPENDIX. SIMPLE TENSES. FUTURE. COMPOUND TENSES. FUTURE ANTERIOR. J'aur&i, I shall or will have | J'aurai eu, Tu auras, thou wilt have II aura, he will have Nous aurons, we shall hace Vous aurez, you will have lis auront, they will hace 1 sliall, will have had Tu auras eu, thou shalt ha ce had II aura eu, he will have had Nous aurons eu, we will have had \'ous aurez eu, you will have had Lis auront eu, they will have had Conditional Mode. J'aurais, I should have J' aurais eu, I should'' Tu aurais, thou couldst have Tu aurais eu, thou wouldst II aurait, he would have II aurait eu, he should Nous aurions, we would have Nous aurions eu, we should Vous/iuriez, you would have \ Vous auriez eu, you should, lis auraient, they would have | lis auraient eu, they should j Imperative Mode. Aie, >Qu'il ait, Ayons, Ayez, Qu'ils aient, have thou let him have let us have have ye or you let them have Subjuncttve Mode. PRESENT. Que j'aie, that I may have j Que j'aie eu, that I may'" Que tu aies, that thou mayest have I Que tu aies eu, that thou mayest Qu'il ait, that he may have Quil ait eu, that he may Que nous ayons, that we may have j Que nous ayons eu, that we miy Que vous ayez, that you may have , Que vous ayez eu, that you may Qu'ils aient, that they may have \ Qu'ils aient eu, that they may I IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. Que j'eusse, that I might have Que tu eusses, that thou 7nightest have Qiril eut, that he might have Que nous cussions, that -we might have Que vous eussiez, that yon might have Qu'ils eussent, that they might have Que j'eusse eu, Que tu eusses that I might eu, that thou might (4 Qu'il eut eu, that he might Que nous eussions eu, thai we might Que vous eussiez eu, that you might Qu'ils eussent eu, that they might APPENDIX, Infinitive Mode. 281 Avoir, Ayant, to have | Avoir eu, to have had Participle. compound. having | Ayant eu, having had PAST OR PASSIVE. Eu, had Avoir, to have: Conjugated Negatively. Indicative Mode, simple tenses. compound tenses. Je r?ai pas, Tu n'as pas, 11 n'a pas, Nous n'avons pas, Vous n'avez pas, lis n'ont pas,, . I have not thou hast not he has not we have not -you have not they have not IMPERFECT. PAST INDEFINITE. Je n'ai pas eu, Uiave^ Tu n'as pas eu, thou hast 11 u'a pas eu, he has Nous n'avons pas eu, we have Vous n'avez pas eu, you have lis n'ont pas eu, they have t PLUPERFECT. ""3 Je n'avais pas, Ihad not I Je n'avais pas eu, Ihad] Tu n'avais pas, thou hadst not Tu n'avais pas eu, thou hadst | **$ II n'avait pas, he had not \ 11 n'avait pas eu, he had {^ Nous n'avions pas, we had not Nous n'avions pas eu, we had f -^ Vous n'aviez pas, you had not Vous n'aviez pas eu, you had s lis n'avaient pas, ► they had not lis n'avaient pas eu, they had J PAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR. Je n'eus pas, Tu n'eus pas, II n"eut pas, Nous n'eumes pas, Vous u'eutes pas, lis n'eurent pas, Ihad not \ Je n'eus pas eu, Ihad] thou hadst not \ Tu n'eus pas eu, thou hadst | ^ he had not ! II n'eut pas eu, he had I s we had not j Nous n'eumes pas eu, we had [ i you had not | Vous n'eiites pas eu, you had j : they had J they had not \ lis ln'curent pas eu, Je n'aurai pas, I shall not have Tu n'auras pas, thou ivilt not have II n'aura pas, he will not have Nous n'aurons pas, we shall not have Vous n'aurez pas, you shall not have Us n'auront pas, they will not have FUTURE ANTERIOR. Je n'aurai pas eu, I .shall Tu n'auras pas eu, thou shaU II n'aura pas eu, he will Nous n'aurons pas eu, we will Vous n'aurez pas eu, you will Us n'auront pas eu, they will t 282 APPENDIX. Conditional Mode. SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. Je n'aurais pas, 1 should Tu n'aurais pas, thouwouldst II n'aurait pas, he would Nous n'aurions pas, we would Vous n'auriez pas, you would lis n'auraient pas, they would Je n'aurais pas eu, I shonlP Tu n'aurais pas eu, thou shouldst II n'aurait pas eu, he woultt Nous n'aurious pas eu, we ' would V T ous n'auriezpas eu, you would Ilsn'auraieutpas eu, they would ^ Imperative Mode. N'aie pas, Qu'il n'ait pas, N'ayons pas, N'ayez pas, Qu'ils n'aient pas, have not let him not have let us not have have not ye or you let them not have Subjunctive Mode. Que je n'aie pas, that I may Que tu n'aies pas, that thou mayest Qu'il n'ait pas, that he may Que nous n'ayons pas, that we . h may \ - Que vous n'ayez pas, that you may Qu'ils n'aient pas, that they may j Que je n'aie pas eu, that I may Que tu n'aies pas eu, that thou mayest Qu'il n'ait pas eu, that he may Que nous n'ayons pas eu, that we may Que vous n'ayez pas eu, that you may Qu'ils n'aient pas eu, that they may IMPERFECT. Que je n'eusse pas, that I might Que tu n'eusses pas, Chat thou Slightest Qu'il n'eiit pas, that he might Que nous lveussions pas, that • ive might Que vous n'cussicz pas, that you might Qu'ils n'cussent pas, that they might pluperfect. Que je n'eusse pas eu, that P nvght Que tu n'eusses pas eu, that thou mightest Qu'il n'eut pas eu, that he m i : Nous serions, we would be \ Nous aurions etc, we should Vous seriez, you should be \ Vous auriez ete, you should lis seraieut, they would be\ lis auraient ete, they should 4 Impekative Mode. Sois, Qu'il soit, Soyons, Soyez, Qu : ils soient, be thou let him be let us be be ye or you let them be Subjunctive Mode. Que je sois, Que tu sois, Qu'il soit, Que nous soyons, Que vous soyez, Qu'ils soient, that I may be Que j'aie ete, that I may" that thou mayest be Que tu aies ete, that thou mayest % that he may be\ Qu'il ait ete, that he may I ^ that we may be j Que nous ayons ete, that we | § I rnay J that you may be Que vous ayez ete, that you may that they may be Qu'ils aient ete, that they may ^ IMPERFECT. Que je fusse, that I might be Que tu fusses, that thou //lightest be Qu'il fut, that he might be Que uous fussions, that we might be Que vous fussiez, that you might be Qu'ils fussent, that they might be pluperfect. Que j'eusse ete, that I might \ Que tu eusses etc, that thou '//i/ghi ext Qu'il eut ete, that he /night Que nous eussions ete, that we might Que vous eussiez ete, that you might Qu'ils eussent etc, that they migltt Infinitive Mode. present. past. £tre, to be \ Avoir etc, to km APPENDIX, 2S7 Participle. PRESENT. COallfO^Ml. Efemt, leing | Ay ant &1, Laming been Ete, Past or Passive. VI. — The Poui Coxjugaticxs, First Conjugation: Ending en Lit. MODEL YEEB. PAELER, TO SPEAK. Indicative aLode. simple ten3es. compound tenses. PRESENT. past indefinite. Je parle, I speak | «Tai parle, I have spoken Tu paries, tliou speakest Tu as parie, #e# hast spoken II parle, /<# speaks 11 a parle, Ac to apofo* Nous parlons, we speak x Vons parlez, ^om speak lis parleiit, ^